The invention concerns certain novel quinazoline derivatives, or pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, which possess anti-tumour activity and are accordingly useful in methods of treatment of the human or animal body. The invention also concerns processes for the manufacture of said quinazoline derivatives, to pharmaceutical compositions containing them and to their use in therapeutic methods, for example in the manufacture of medicaments for use in the prevention or treatment of solid tumour disease in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
Many of the current treatment regimes for diseases resulting from the abnormal regulation of cellular proliferation such as psoriasis and cancer, utilise compounds that inhibit DNA synthesis and cellular proliferation. To date, compounds used in such treatments are generally toxic to cells however their enhanced effects on rapidly dividing cells such as tumour cells can be beneficial. Alternative approaches to these cytotoxic anti-tumour agents are currently being developed, for example selective inhibitors of cell signalling pathways. These types of inhibitors are likely to have the potential to display an enhanced selectivity of action against tumour cells and so are likely to reduce the probability of the therapy possessing unwanted side effects.
Eukaryotic cells are continually responding to many diverse extracellular signals that enable communication between cells within an organism. These signals regulate a wide variety of physical responses in the cell including proliferation, differentiation, apoptosis and motility. The extracellular signals take the form of a diverse variety of soluble factors including growth factors as well as paracrine and endocrine factors. By binding to specific transmembrane receptors, these ligands integrate the extracellular signal to the intracellular signalling pathways, therefore transducing the signal across the plasma membrane and allowing the individual cell to respond to its extracellular signals. Many of these signal transduction processes utilise the reversible process of the phosphorylation of proteins that are involved in the promotion of these diverse cellular responses. The phosphorylation status of target proteins is regulated by specific kinases and phosphatases that are responsible for the regulation of about one third of all proteins encoded by the mammalian genome. As phosphorylation is such an important regulatory mechanism in the signal transduction process, it is therefore not surprising that aberrations in these intracellular pathways result in abnormal cell growth and differentiation and so promote cellular transformation (reviewed in Cohen et al, Curr Opin Chem Biol, 1999, 3, 459-465).
It has been widely shown that a number of these tyrosine kinases are mutated to constitutively active forms and/or when over-expressed result in the transformation of a variety of human cells. These mutated and over-expressed forms of the kinase are present in a large proportion of human tumours (reviewed in Kolibaba et al, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1997, 133, F217-F248). As tyrosine kinases play fundamental roles in the proliferation and differentiation of a variety of tissues, much focus has centred on these enzymes in the development of novel anti-cancer therapies. This family of enzymes is divided into two groups—receptor and non-receptor tyrosine kinases e.g. EGF Receptors and the SRC family respectively. From the results of a large number of studies including the Human Genome Project, about 90 tyrosine kinase have been identified in the human genome, of this 58 are of the receptor type and 32 are of the non-receptor type. These can be compartmentalised in to 20 receptor tyrosine kinase and 10 non-receptor tyrosine kinase sub-families (Robinson et al, Oncogene, 2000, 19, 5548-5557).
The receptor tyrosine kinases are of particular importance in the transmission of mitogenic signals that initiate cellular replication. These large glycoproteins, which span the plasma membrane of the cell possess an extracellular binding domain for their specific ligands (such as Epidermal Growth Factor (EGF) for the EGF Receptor). Binding of ligand results in the activation of the receptor's kinase enzymatic activity that is encoded by the intracellular portion of the receptor. This activity phosphorylates key tyrosine amino acids in target proteins, resulting in the transduction of proliferative signals across the plasma membrane of the cell.
It is known that the erbB family of receptor tyrosine kinases, which include EGFR, erbB2, erbB3 and erbB4, are frequently involved in driving the proliferation and survival of tumour cells (reviewed in Olayioye et al., EMBO J., 2000, 19, 3159). One mechanism in which this can be accomplished is by overexpression of the receptor at the protein level, generally as a result of gene amplification. This has been observed in many common human cancers (reviewed in Klapper et al., Adv. Cancer Res., 2000, 77, 25) such as breast cancer (Sainsbury et al., Brit. J. Cancer, 1988, 58, 458; Guerin et al., Oncogene Res., 1988, 3, 21; Slamon et al., Science, 1989, 244 707; Klijn et al., Breast Cancer Res. Treat., 1994, 29, 73 and reviewed in Salomon et al., Crit. Rev. Oncol. Hematol., 1995, 19, 183), non-small cell lung cancers (NSCLCs) including adenocarcinomas (Cerny et al., Brit. J. Cancer, 1986, 54, 265; Reubi et al., Int. J. Cancer, 1990, 45, 269; Rusch et al., Cancer Research, 1993, 53, 2379; Brabender et al, Clin. Cancer Res., 2001, 7, 1850) as well as other cancers of the lung (Hendler et al., Cancer Cells, 1989, 7, 347; Ohsaki et al., Oncol. Rep., 2000, 7, 603), bladder cancer (Neal et al., Lancet, 1985, 366; Chow et al., Clin. Cancer Res., 2001, 7, 1957, Zhau et al., Mol Carcinog., 3, 254), oesophageal cancer (Mukaida et al., Cancer, 1991, 68, 142), gastrointestinal cancer such as colon, rectal or stomach cancer Bolen et al., Oncogene Res., 1987, 1, 149; Kapitanovic et al., Gastroenterology, 2000, 112, 1103; Ross et al., Cancer Invest., 2001, 19, 554), cancer of the prostate (Visakorpi et al., Histochem. J., 1992, 24, 481; Kumar et al., 2000, 32, 73; Scher et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst., 2000, 92, 1866), leukaemia (Konaka et al., Cell, 1984, 37, 1035, Martin-Subero et al., Cancer Genet Cvtogenet., 2001, 127, 174), ovarian (Hellstrom et al., Cancer Res., 2001, 61, 2420), head and neck (Shiga et al., Head Neck, 2000, 22, 599) or pancreatic cancer (Ovotny et al., Neoplasma, 2001, 48, 188). As more human tumour tissues are tested for expression of the erbB family of receptor tyrosine kinases it is expected that their widespread prevalence and importance will be further enhanced in the future.
As a consequence of the mis-regulation of one or more of these receptors (in particular erbB2), it is widely believed that many tumours become clinically more aggressive and so correlate with a poorer prognosis for the patient (Brabender et al, Clin. Cancer Res.; 2001, 7, 1850; Ross et al, Cancer Investigation, 2001, 19, 554, Yu et al., Bioessays, 2000, 22.7, 673). In addition to these clinical findings, a wealth of pre-clinical information suggests that the erbB family of receptor tyrosine kinases are involved in cellular transformation. This includes the observations that many tumour cell lines overexpress one or more of the erbB receptors and that EGFR or erbB2 when transfected into non-tumour cells have the ability to transform these cells. This tumourigenic potential has been further verified as transgenic mice that overexpress erbB2 spontaneously develop tumours in the mammary gland. In addition to this, a number of pre-clinical studies have demonstrated that anti-proliferative effects can be induced by knocking out one or more erbB activities by small molecule inhibitors, dominant negatives or inhibitory antibodies (reviewed in Mendelsohn et al., Oncogene, 2000, 19, 6550). Thus it has been recognised that inhibitors of these receptor tyrosine kinases should be of value as a selective inhibitor of the proliferation of mammalian cancer cells (Yaish et al. Science, 1988, 242, 933, Kolibaba et al, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta, 1997, 133, F217-F248; Al-Obeidi et al, 2000, Oncogene, 19, 5690-5701; Mendelsohn et al, 2000, Oncogene, 19, 6550-6565). In addition to this pre-clinical data, findings using inhibitory antibodies against EGFR and erbB2 (c-225 and trastuzumab respectively) have proven to be beneficial in the clinic for the treatment of selected solid tumours (reviewed in Mendelsohn et al, 2000, Oncogene, 19, 6550-6565).
Amplification and/or activity of members of the ErbB type receptor tyrosine kinases have been detected and so have been implicated to play a role in a number of non-malignant proliferative disorders such as psoriasis (Ben-Bassat, Curr. Pharm. Des., 2000, 6, 933; Elder et al., Science, 1989, 243, 811), benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH) (Kumar et al., Int. Urol. Nephrol., 2000, 32, 73), atherosclerosis and restenosis (Bokemeyer et al., Kidney Int., 2000, 58, 549). It is therefore expected that inhibitors of erbB type receptor tyrosine kinases will be useful in the treatment of these and other non-malignant disorders of excessive cellular. proliferation.
International Patent Applications WO 96/33977, WO 96/33978, WO 96/33979, WO 96/33980 and WO 96/33981 disclose that certain quinazoline derivatives which bear an anilino substituent at the 4-position possess receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity.
A review of the structure activity relationship of various quinazoline derivatives is disclosed by G. W. Rewcastle et al (J. Med. Chem. 1995, 38, 3428-3487), including a number of 5-substituted compounds. However, such 5-substituted compounds are stated to have low in-vitro activity as EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors compared to quinazolines substituted at the 6- and 7-positions.
WO 96/09294 discloses 4-anilinoquinazoline derivatives, including 5-chloro and 5-methoxy substituted quinazoline derivatives as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors.
Co-pending International Patent Application PCT/GB01/02424 discloses that certain quinazoline derivatives which carry a 5-substituent are inhibitors of the Src family of non-receptor tyrosine kinases, such as c-Src, c-Yes and c-Fyn.
We have now found that surprisingly certain 5-substituted quinazoline derivatives possess potent anti-tumour activity. Without wishing to imply that the compounds disclosed in the present invention possess pharmacological activity only by virtue of an effect on a single biological process, it is believed that the compounds provide an anti-tumour effect by way of inhibition of one or more of the erbB family of receptor tyrosine kinases that are involved in the signal transduction steps which lead to the proliferation of tumour cells. In particular, it is believed that the compounds of the present invention provide an anti-tumour effect by way of inhibition of EGFR and/or erbB2 receptor tyrosine kinases.
Generally the compounds of the present invention possess potent inhibitory activity against the erbB receptor tyrosine kinase family, for example by inhibition of EGFR and/or erbB2 and/or erbB4 receptor tyrosine kinases, whilst possessing less potent inhibitory activity against other kinases. Furthennore, generally the compounds of the present invention possess substantially better potency against the erbB2 over that of the EGFR tyrosine kinase, thus potentially providing effective treatment for erbB2 driven tumours. The invention also includes compounds that are active against all or a combination of EGFR, erbB2 and erbB4 receptor tyrosine kinases, thus potentially providing treatments for conditions mediated by one or more of these receptor tyrosine kinases.
According to a first aspect of the invention there is provided a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I
wherein
R1 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl;
Z is a direct bond or is selected from O, S and N(R2), wherein R2 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl;
Q1 is (3-7C)cycloalkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkenyl, (3-7C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein adjacent carbon atoms in any (2-6C)alkylene chain within the Q1-Z- group are optionally separated by the insertion into the chain of a group selected from O, S, SO, SO2, N(R3), CO, CH(OR3), CON(R3), N(R3)CO, SO2N(R3), N(R3)SO2, CH═CH and C≡C wherein R3is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein any CH2 or CH3 group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group one or more halogeno or (1-6C)alkyl substituents or a substituent selected from hydroxy, cyano, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino,
and wherein any heterocyclyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl or (3-7C)cycloalkenyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1, 2 or 3 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, formyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, amino(2-6C)alkanoyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylamino(2-6C)alkanoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino(2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl; N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, from a group of the formula:
—X1—R4
wherein X1 is a direct bond or is selected from O and N(R5), wherein R5 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and R4 is halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, carboxy-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl-(1-6C)alkyl or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl-(1-6C)alkyl, and from a group of the formula:
—X5-Q6
wherein X5 is a direct bond or is selected from O, CO and N(R10), wherein R10 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q6 is heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkenyl or (3-7C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, and wherein any heterocyclyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl or (3-7C)cycloalkenyl group in Q6 optionally bears 1 or 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, hydroxy, cyano, formyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkenyl, (2-6C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, amino, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, carbamoyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, carboxy-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl and N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein any heterocyclyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents; and
Q2 is selected from a group of formula Ia, Ib, Ic, Id and Ie
wherein G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5 are each, independently, selected from hydrogen, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylamino and di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, G6 and G7 are each, independently, selected from hydrogen and halogeno,
X2 is a direct bond or is selected from O, S, SO, SO2, N(R6), CH(OR6), CON(R6), N(R6)CO, SO2N(R6), N(R6)SO2, OC(R6)2, C(R6)2O, SC(R6)2, C(R6)2S, CO, C(R6)2N(R6) and N(R6)C(R6)2 wherein each R6 is, independently, hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q3 is aryl, or eteroaryl,
or X2 is CO and Q3 is a nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group linked to X2 by a nitrogen atom,
X3 is a direct bond or is selected from SO2, CO, SO2N(R7) and C(R7)2, wherein each R7 is, independently, hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q4 is aryl or heteroaryl, and any aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group in the group —X2-Q3 and —X3-Q4 optionally bears 1, 2 or 3 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, formyl, carbamoyl, sulphamoyl, mercapto, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, or from a group of the formula:
—X4—R8
wherein X4 is a direct bond or is selected from O and N(R9), wherein R9 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and R8 is halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, carboxy-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl-(1-6C)alkyl or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl-(1-6C)alkyl, or from a group of the formula
-Q5
wherein Q5 is selected from aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogeno, hydroxy, (1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, amino, (1-6C)alkylamino and di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino,
and wherein any CH2 or CH3 group within a substituent on any aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group in the group —X2-Q3 and —X3-Q4 optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group one or more halogeno or (1-6C)alkyl substituents,
and any heterocyclyl group represented by Q3 or Q4 optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I
wherein
R1 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl;
Z is a direct bond or is selected from O, S and N(R2), wherein R2 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl;
Q1 is (3-7C)cycloalkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkenyl, (3-7C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein adjacent carbon atoms in any (2-6C)alkylene chain within the Q1-Z- group are optionally separated by the insertion into the chain of a group selected from O, S, SO, SO2, N(R3), CO, CH(OR3), CON(R3), N(R3)CO, SO2N(R3), N(R3)SO2, CH═CH and C≡C wherein R3 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein any CH2 or CH3 group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group one or more halogeno or (1-6C)alkyl substituents or a substituent selected from hydroxy, cyano, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino,
and wherein any heterocyclyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1, 2 or 3 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, or from a group of the formula:
—X1—R4
wherein X1 is a direct bond or is selected from O and N(R5), wherein R5 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and R4 is halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl-(1-6C)alkyl or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl-(1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein any heterocyclyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents;
Q2 is selected from a group of formula Ia, Ib, Ic, Id and Ie
wherein G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5 are each, independently, selected from hydrogen, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylamino and di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino,
X2 is a direct bond or is selected from O, S, N(R6), CH(OR6), CON(R6), OC(R6)2, C(R6)2O, SC(R6)2, C(R6)2S, CO, C(R6)2 N(R6) and N(R6)C(R6)2 wherein each R6 is, independently, hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q3 is aryl, or heteroaryl,
or X2 is CO and Q3 is a nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group linked to X2 by a nitrogen atom,
X3 is a direct bond or is selected from SO2, CO and C(R7)2, wherein each R7 is, independently, hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q4 is aryl or heteroaryl,
and any aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group in the group —X2-Q3 and —X3-Q4 optionally bears 1, 2 or 3 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino and di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino,
and any heterocyclyl group represented by Q3 or Q4 optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein each of R1 and Q2 has any of the meanings defined hereinbefore and
Z is O; and
Q1 is (3-7C)cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl,
and wherein any CH2 or CH3 group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group one or more halogeno or (1-6C)alkyl substituents or a substituent selected from hydroxy, cyano, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino,
and wherein any heterocyclyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1, 2 or 3 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, or from a group of the formula:
—X1—R4
wherein X1 is a direct bond or is selected from O and N(R5), wherein R5 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and R4 is halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl-(1-6C)alkyl or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl-(1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein any heterocyclyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents;
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein R1 has any of the meanings defined hereinbefore and Z is O;
Q1 is (3-7C)cycloalkyl, which optionally bears 1 or 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, from a group of the formula:
—X1—R4
wherein X1 is a direct bond or is selected from O and N(R5), wherein R5 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and R4 is amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl or N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, and from a group of the formula:
—X5-Q6
wherein X5 is a direct bond or is selected from O, CO and N(R10), wherein R10 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q6 is heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl, which optionally bears 1 or 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, hydroxy, (1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, amino, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, carbamoyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6Calkenyl), halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, carboxy-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl and N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, and wherein any heterocyclyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents; and
Q2 is selected from a group of formula Ia, Ib and Id
wherein G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5 are each, independently, selected from hydrogen, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylamino and di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, G6 and G7 are each, independently, selected from hydrogen and halogeno,
X2 is a direct bond or is selected from O, S, SO, SO2, N(R6), CH(OR6), CON(R6), (R6)CO, SO2N(R6), N(R6)SO2, OC(R6)2, C(R6)2O, SC(R6)2, C(R6)2S, CO, C(R6)2 N(R6) and N(R6)C(R6)2 wherein each R6 is, independently, hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q3 is aryl, or heteroaryl,
or X2 is CO and Q3 is a nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group linked to X2 by a nitrogen atom,
X3 is a direct bond or is selected from SO2, CO, SO2N(R7), and C(R7)2, wherein each R7 is, independently, hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q4 is aryl or heteroaryl, and any aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group in the group —X2-Q3 and —X3-Q4 optionally bears 1, 2 or 3 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, sulphamoyl, mercapto, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, or from a group of the formula:
—X4—R8
wherein X4 is a direct bond or is selected from O and N(R9), wherein R9 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and R8 is halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, carboxy-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl-(1-6C)alkyl or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl-(1-6C)alkyl, or from a group of the formula
-Q5
wherein Q5 is selected from aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl which is optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents selected from halogeno, hydroxy, (1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, amino, (1-6C)alkylamino and di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino,
and wherein any CH2 or CH3 group within a substituent on any aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group in the group —X2-Q3 and —X3-Q4 optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group one or more halogeno or (1-6C)alkyl substituents, and any heterocyclyl group represented by Q3 or Q4 optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein R1 and Z have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore and
Q1 is (3-7C)cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl, and wherein any heterocyclyl or (3-7C)cycloalkyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1, 2 or 3 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, formyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, amino(2-6C)alkanoyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylamino(2-6C)alkanoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino(2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, N-(1-6C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, from a group of the formula:
—X1—R4
wherein X1 is a direct bond or is selected from O and N(R5), wherein R5 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and R4 is halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, carboxy-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl-(1-6C)alkyl or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl-(1-6C)alkyl, and from a group of the formula:
—X5-Q6
wherein X5 is a direct bond or is selected from O, CO and N(R10), wherein R10 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q6 is heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (3-7C)cycloalkenyl or (3-7C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl, and wherein any heterocyclyl, (3-7C)cycloalkyl or (3-7C)cycloalkenyl group in Q6 optionally bears 1 or 2 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, hydroxy, cyano, formyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkenyl, (2-6C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, amino, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, carbamoyl, N-(1-6C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, carboxy-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl and N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein any heterocyclyl group within the Q1-Z- group optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents; and
Q2 is selected from a group of formula Ia, lb and Id
wherein G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5 are each, independently, selected from hydrogen, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, carbamoyl, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylamino and di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino,
G6 and G7 are hydrogen,
X2 is a direct bond or is selected from O, S, SO, SO2, N(R6), CH(OR6), CON(R6), N(R6)CO, SO2N(R6), N(R6)SO2, OC(R6)2, C(R6)2O, SC(R6)2, C(R6)2S, CO, C(R6)2N(R6) and N(R6)C(R6)2 wherein each R6 is, independently, hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q3 is aryl, or heteroaryl,
or X2 is CO and Q3 is a nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group linked to X2 by a nitrogen atom,
X3 is a direct bond or is selected from SO2, CO and C(R7)2, wherein each R7 is, independently, hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and Q4 is aryl or heteroaryl, and any aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group in the group —X2-Q3 and —X3-Q4 optionally bears 1, 2 or 3 substituents, which may be the same or different, selected from halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, formyl, carbamoyl, sulphamoyl, mercapto, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl, (2-8C)alkynyl, (1-6C)alkoxy, (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkynyloxy, (1-6C)alkylthio, (1-6C)alkylsulphinyl, (1-6C)alkylsulphonyl, (1-6C)alkylamino, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl, (2-6C)alkanoyloxy, (2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(2-6C)alkanoylamino, N-(1-6-C)alkylsulphamoyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]sulphamoyl, (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino and N-(1-6-C)alkyl-(1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino, or from a group of the formula:
—X4—R8
wherein X4 is a direct bond or is selected from O and N(R9), wherein R9 is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, and R8 is halogeno-(1-6C)alkyl, hydroxy-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl, cyano-(1-6C)alkyl, carboxy-(1-6C)alkyl, amino-(1-6C)alkyl, (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl, di-[(1-6C)alkyl]amino-(1-6C)alkyl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N-(1-6-C)alkylcarbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, N,N-di-[(1-6C)alkyl]carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl, (2-6C)alkanoyl-(1-6C)alkyl or (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl-(1-6C)alkyl,
and wherein any CH2 or CH3 group within a substituent on any aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group in the group —X2-Q3 and —X3-Q4 optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group one or more halogeno or (1-6C)alkyl substituents,
and any heterocyclyl group represented by Q3 or Q4 optionally bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In this specification the generic term “alkyl” includes both straight-chain and branched-chain alkyl groups such as propyl, isopropyl and tert-butyl, and (3-7C)cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl. However references to individual alkyl groups such as “propyl” are specific for the straight-chain version only, references to individual branched-chain alkyl groups such as “isopropyl” are specific for the branched-chain version only and references to individual cycloalkyl groups such as “cyclopentyl” are specific for that 5-membered ring only. An analogous convention applies to other generic terms, for example (1-6C)alkoxy includes methoxy, ethoxy, cyclopropyloxy and cyclopentyloxy, (1-6C)alkylamino includes methylamino, ethylamino, cyclobutylamino and cyclohexylamino, and di-[(1-6Calkyl]amino includes dimethylamino, diethylamino, N-cyclobutyl-N-methylamino and N-cyclohexyl-N-ethylamino.
It is to be understood that, insofar as certain of the compounds of Formula I defined above may exist in optically active or racemic forms by virtue of one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, the invention includes in its definition any such optically active or racemic form which possesses the above-mentioned activity. The synthesis of optically active forms may be carried out by standard techniques of organic chemistry well known in the art, for example by synthesis from optically active starting materials or by resolution of a racemic form. Similarly, the above-mentioned activity may be evaluated using the standard laboratory techniques referred to hereinafter.
It is to be understood that the present invention includes in its definition any and all tautomeric forms of the compounds of the formula I which possess the above mentioned activity.
It is also to be understood that in so far as certain compounds of the formula 1 may exist in solvated forms as well as unsolvated forms, for example, hydrated forms, the present invention includes any and all such solvated forms, which possess the above mentioned activity.
Suitable values for the generic radicals referred to above include those set out below.
A suitable value for any one of the ‘Q’ groups (Q1, Q3 to Q5) when it is aryl or for the aryl group within a ‘Q’ group is, for example, phenyl or naphthyl, preferably phenyl.
A suitable value for any one of the ‘Q’ groups (Q1 or Q6) when it is (3-7C)cycloalkyl or for the (3-7C)cycloalkyl group within a ‘Q’ group is, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl and a suitable value for any one of the ‘Q’ groups (Q1 or Q6) when it is (3-7C)cycloalkenyl or for the (3-7C)cycloalkenyl group within a ‘Q’ group is, for example, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl or cycloheptenyl.
A suitable value for any one of the ‘Q’ groups (Q3 to Q5) when it is heteroaryl or for the heteroaryl group within a ‘Q’ group is, for example, an aromatic 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 9- or 10-membered bicyclic ring with up to five ring heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur, which, unless specified otherwise, may be carbon or nitrogen linked. Examples of suitable values of “heteroaryl” include furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazenyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, imidazopyridinyl, indazolyl, benzofurazanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl or naphthyridinyl. Such as furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, benzofuranyl, indolyl, benzothienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, indazolyl, benzofurazanyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl or naphthyridinyl.
A suitable value for any one of the ‘Q’ groups (Q1, Q3, Q5 or Q6) when it is heterocyclyl or for the heterocyclyl group within a ‘Q’ group is, for example, a non-aromatic saturated or partially saturated 3 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic ring with up to five heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur, which, unless specified otherwise, may be carbon or nitrogen linked. Examples of suitable values of “heterocycyl” include oxiranyl, oxetanyl, azetidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxepanyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydro-1,4-thiazinyl, 1,1-dioxotetrahydro-1,4-thiazinyl, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, dihydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, dihydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl or decahydroquinolinyl, preferably tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, 1,4-oxazepanyl, 1,1-dioxotetrahydro-4H-1,4-thiazinyl, piperidinyl or piperazinyl, more preferably tetrahydrofuran-3-yl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl, tetrahydrothien-3-yl, tetrahydrothiopyran-4-yl, pyrrolidin-3-yl, morpholino, 1,1-dioxotetrahydro-4H-1,4-thiazin-4-yl, piperidino, piperidin-4-yl, piperidin-3-yl or piperazin-1-yl. A nitrogen or sulphur atom within a heterocyclyl group may be oxidized to give the corresponding N or S oxide, for example 1,1-dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 1-oxotetrahydrothienyl, 1,1-dioxotetrahydrothiopyranyl or 1-oxotetrahydrothiopyranyl. A suitable value for such a group which bears 1 or 2 oxo or thioxo substituents is, for example, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-thioxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2-thioxoimidazolidinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 2,5-dioxoimidazolidinyl or 2,6-dioxopiperidinyl.
A suitable value for any one of the ‘Q’ groups (such as Q3) when it is a nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group is, for example, a non-aromatic saturated or partially saturated 3 to 10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic ring with up to five heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulphur, provided at lease one heteroatom is nitrogen. Suitable values include, for example, those heterocyclic groups mentioned above that contain at least one nitrogen atom, for example azetidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl (including morpholino), tetrahydro-1,4-thiazinyl, 1,1-dioxotetrahydro-1,4-thiazinyl, piperidinyl (including piperidino), homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl, homopiperazinyl, dihydropyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, dihydropyriridinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, decahydroisoquinolinyl or decahydroquinolinyl.
A suitable value for a ‘Q’ group when it is heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl is, for example, heterocyclylmethyl, 2-heterocyclylethyl and 3-heterocyclylpropyl. The invention comprises corresponding suitable values for ‘Q’ groups when, for example, rather than a heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkyl group, an (3-7C)cycloalkyl-(1-6C)alkyl or (3-7C)cycloalkenyl-(1-6C)alkyl is present.
Suitable values for any of the ‘R’ groups (R1 to R9), or for any of the ‘G’ groups (G1 to G7) within Q2, or for various groups within Q2, or for Q1 or for various groups within Q1, or for various groups within the Q1-Z- group include:
When in this specification reference is made to a (1-4C)alkyl group it is to be understood that such groups refer to alkyl groups containing up to 4 carbon atoms. A skilled person will realise that representative examples of such groups are those listed above under (1-6C)alkyl that contain up to 4 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl. A similar convention is adopted for the other groups listed above such as (1-4C)alkoxy, (2-4C)alkenyl, (2-4C)alkynyl and (2-4C)alkanoyl.
When, as defined hereinbefore, in the group of the formula —X2-Q3, X2 is, for example, a OC(6)2 linking group, it is the oxygen atom, not the carbon atom, of the OC(R6)2 linking group which is attached to the phenyl ring in the formula la and the carbon atom is attached to the Q3 group. It is to be understood that when X3 is SO2N(R7), as defined hereinbefore, the sulphur atom of the SO2N(R7) linking group is attached to the nitrogen atom in formulae 1b, 1c, 1d or 1e and the nitrogen atom of the SO2N(R7) linking group is attached to Q4.
As defined hereinbefore, adjacent carbon atoms in any (2-6C)alkylene chain within a Q1-Z- group may be optionally separated by the insertion into the chain of a group such as O, CON(R3) or C≡C. For example, insertion of a C≡C group into the ethylene chain within a 2-morpholinoethoxy group gives rise to a 4-morpholinobut-2-ynyloxy group.
When, as defined hereinbefore, any CH2 or CH3 group within a Q1-Z- group optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group one or more halogeno or (1-6C)alkyl substituents, there are suitably 1 or 2 halogeno or (1-6C)alkyl substituents present on each said CH2 group and there are suitably 1, 2 or 3 such substituents present on each said CH3 group.
When, as defined hereinbefore, any CH2 or CH3 group within a Q1-Z- group optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group a substituent as defined hereinbefore, suitable substituents so formed include, for example, hydroxy-substituted heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkoxy groups such as 2-hydroxy-3-piperidinopropoxy and 2-hydroxy-3-morpholinopropoxy, hydroxy-substituted heterocyclyl-(1-6C)alkylamino groups such as 2-hydroxy-3-piperidinopropylamino and 2-hydroxy-3-morpholinopropylamino, heterocyclyl-substituted (1-6C)alkylamino-(1-6C)alkyl groups such as 2-morpholinoethylaminomethyl, 2-piperazin-1-ylethylaminomethyl and 3-morpholinopropylaminomethyl and halogen substituted alkyl groups, for example di-fluoromethyl and 2,2-difluoroethyl.
Similar considerations apply to the attachments and substitutions within the —X2-Q3 and —X3-Q4 groups present in Q2.
It is to be understood that when, as defined hereinbefore, any CH2 or CH3 group within a Q1-Z- group optionally bears on each said CH2 or CH3 group a substituent as defined hereinbefore, the optional substituent may be present on any CH2 or CH3 group within a Q1-Z- group, including those on the hereinbefore defined substituents that may be present on an aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl groups within Q1-Z-. For example, if Q1 is a 1-(1-6C)alkyl-piperidin-4-yl group, the (1-6C)alkyl group may be optionally substituted by, for example a (2-6C)alkanoyl group to give a 1-((2-6C)alkanoyl-(1-6C)alkyl)-piperidin-4-yl group such as 1-(acetylmethyl)piperidin-4yl or 1-(2-acetylethyl)piperidin-4-yl. Other suitable groups that may be so formed by Q1 include, (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl-(1-6C)alkyl substituted heterocyclyl groups, such as 1-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)piperidin-4yl or 1-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl)piperidin-4-yl, carbamoyl-(1-6C)alkyl substituted heterocyclyl groups such as 1-(carbamoylmethyl)piperidin-4-yl, or (1-6C)alkoxy-(1-6C)alkyl substituted heterocyclyl groups, such as 1-(2-methoxyethyl)piperidin-4-yl.
A suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salt of a compound of the Formula I is, for example, an acid-addition salt of a compound of the Formula I, for example an acid-addition salt with an inorganic or organic acid such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulphuric, trifluoroacetic, citric or maleic acid; or, for example, a salt of a compound of the Formula I which is sufficiently acidic, for example an alkali or alkaline earth metal salt such as a calcium or magnesium salt, or an ammonium salt, or a salt with an organic base such as methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, piperidine, morpholine or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine.
Particular novel compounds of the invention include, for example, quinazoline derivatives of the Formula I or pharmaceutically-acceptable salts thereof, wherein, unless otherwise stated, each of R1, Z, Q1 and Q2 has any of the meanings defined hereinbefore or in paragraphs (a) to (zzz) hereinafter
G1 and G2 are each, independently, selected from hydrogen, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, amino, carboxy, (1-6C)alkyl, (2-8C)alkenyl and (2-8C)alkynyl,
(www) Q2 is selected from a group of the formula Ia, formula Ib or formula Id as hereinbefore defined;
A further embodiment of the present invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
A further embodiment of the present invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the present invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
Suitable values for the group —X2-Q3 in this embodiment include, for example phenoxy, 3-fluorophenoxy, 2,3-difluorophenoxy, phenylthio, 2-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-chlorobenzyloxy, 2-cyanobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-fluorobenzyloxy, 3-methylbenzyloxy, 4-fluorobenzyloxy, 2-methoxybenzyloxy, 2,6-difluorobenzyloxy, 2,6-dichlorobenzyloxy, 2,5-dimethylbenzyloxy, 4-methyl-2-nitrobenzyloxy, 5-chloro-2-thienylmethoxy, 1-methyl-2-1H-imidazolyloxy, 1-methyl-2-1H-imidazolylmethoxy, 5-methyl-3-isoxazolylmethoxy, 2-methyl-4-thiazolylmethoxy, 1,2,5-thiadiazol-3-ylmethoxy, 2-pyridyloxy, 3-pyridyloxy, 2-pyridylmethoxy, 3-pyridylmethoxy, 4-pyridylmethoxy, 6-chloro-3-pyridylmethoxy, 2-pyrimidinyloxy and 8quinolinylthio.
A further embodiment of the present invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein
A further embodiment of the present invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
Suitable values for Q2 is this embodiment include, for example 1-benzenesulphonylindol-5-yl, 1-benzylindol-5-yl, 1-(3-fluorobenzyl)indol-5-yl and 1-(2-pyridylmethyl)indol-5-yl.
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
Suitable values for Q2 is this embodiment include, for example 1-(2-pyridylmethyl)indazol-5-yl and 1-(3-fluorobenzyl)indazol-5-yl.
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
Suitable values for Q1 in this embodiment include, for example 1-methylpiperidin-4-yl or 1-methylpiperidin-3-yl.
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
Suitable values for Q1 in this embodiment include, for example 1-methylpiperidin-4-yl or 1-methylpiperidin-3-yl.
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
A further embodiment of the invention is a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I wherein:
Suitable values for Q1 in this embodiment include, for example 1-methylpiperazin-4-yl or 1-methylpiperazin-3-yl.
A further particular preferred compound of the invention is, for example, a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I selected from:
A further particular preferred compound of the invention is, for example, a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I selected from:
A further particular preferred compound of the invention is, for example, a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I selected from:
A further particular preferred compound of the invention is, for example, a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I selected from:
A quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, may be prepared by any process known to be applicable to the preparation of chemically-related compounds. Such processes, when used to prepare a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I are provided as a further feature of the invention and are illustrated by the following representative process variants in which, unless otherwise stated, Q1, Z, R1 and Q2 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore. Necessary starting materials may be obtained by standard procedures of organic chemistry. The preparation of such starting materials is described in conjunction with the following representative process variants and within the accompanying Examples. Alternatively necessary starting materials are obtainable by analogous procedures to those illustrated which are within the ordinary skill of an organic chemist.
Process (a) The reaction, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base, of a quinazoline of the Formula II
wherein L1 is a displaceable group and Q1 and Z have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with an compound of the Formula
Q2NHR1
wherein Q2 and R1 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means.
A suitable base is, for example, an organic amine base such as, for example, pyridine, 2,6-lutidine, collidine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, di-isopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine or diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene, or, for example, an alkali or alkaline earth metal carbonate, for example sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, or, for example, an alkali metal hydride, for example sodium hydride.
A suitable displaceable group L1 is, for example, a halogeno, alkoxy, aryloxy, mercapto, alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulphinyl, arylsulphinyl, alkylsulphonyl, arylsulphonyl or sulphonyloxy group, for example a chloro, bromo, methoxy, phenoxy, pentafluorophenoxy, methylthio, methanesulphonyl, methanesulphonyloxy or toluene-4-sulphonyloxy group. The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable inert solvent or diluent, for example an alcohol or ester such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol or ethyl acetate, a halogenated solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform or carbon tetrachloride, an ether such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxan, an aromatic solvent such as toluene, or a dipolar aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-imethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one or dimethylsulphoxide. The reaction is conveniently carried out at a temperature in the range, for example, 10 to 250° C., conveniently in the range 40 to 80° C.
The quinazoline of the Formula II may also be reacted with a compound of the formula Q2NHR1 in the presence of a protic solvent such as isopropanol, conveniently in the presence of an acid, for example hydrogen chloride gas in diethyl ether or dioxane, or hydrochloric acid. Alternatively, this reaction may be conveniently carried out in an aprotic solvent, such as dioxane or a dipolar aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethylacetamide in the presence of an acid, for example hydrogen chloride gas in diethyl ether or dioxane, or hydrochloric acid. The above reactions are conveniently carried out at a temperature in the range, for example, 0 to 150° C., preferably at or near the reflux temperature of the reaction solvent.
The quinazoline derivative of the Formula II, wherein L1 is halogeno, may be reacted with a compound of the formula Q2NHR1 in the absence of an acid or a base. In this reaction dispalcement of the halogeno leaving group L1 results in the formation of the acid HL1 in-situ and the autocatalysis of the reaction. Conveniently the reaction is carried out in a suitable inert organic solvent, for example isopropanol, dioxane or N,N-dimethylacetarnide. Suitable conditions for this reaction are as described above.
The quinazoline derivative of the Formula I may be obtained from this process in the form of the free base or alternatively it may be obtained in the form of a salt with the acid of the formula H-L1 wherein L1 has the meaning defined hereinbefore. When it is desired to obtain the free base from the salt, the salt may be treated with a suitable base, for example, an alkali or alkaline earth metal carbonate or hydroxide, for example sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, calcium carbonate, sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide.
Protecting groups may in general be chosen from any of the groups described in the literature or known to the skilled chemist as appropriate for the protection of the group in question and may be introduced by conventional methods. Protecting groups may be removed by any convenient method as described in the literature or known to the skilled chemist as appropriate for the removal of the protecting group in question, such methods being chosen so as to effect removal of the protecting group with minimum disturbance of groups elsewhere in the molecule.
Specific examples of protecting groups are given below for the sake of convenience, in which “lower”, as in, for example, lower alkyl, signifies that the group to which it is applied preferably has 1-4 carbon atoms. It will be understood that these examples are not exhaustive. Where specific examples of methods for the removal of protecting groups are given below these are similarly not exhaustive. The use of protecting groups and methods of deprotection not specifically mentioned are, of course, within the scope of the invention.
A carboxy protecting group may be the residue of an ester-forming aliphatic or arylaliphatic alcohol or of an ester-forming silanol (the said alcohol or silanol preferably containing 1-20 carbon atoms). Examples of carboxy protecting groups include straight or branched chain (1-12C)alkyl groups (for example isopropyl, and tert-butyl); lower alkoxy-lower alkyl groups (for example methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl and isobutoxymethyl); lower acyloxy-lower alkyl groups, (for example acetoxymethyl, propionyloxymethyl, butyryloxymethyl and pivaloyloxymethyl); lower alkoxycarbonyloxy-lower alkyl groups (for example 1-methoxycarbonyloxyethyl and, 1-ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl); aryl-lower alkyl groups (for example benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl, 4-nitrobenzyl, benzhydryl and phthalidyl); tri(lower alkyl)silyl groups (for example trimethylsilyl and tert-butyldimethylsilyl); tri(lower alkyl)silyl-lower alkyl groups (for example trimethylsilylethyl); and (2-6C)alkenyl groups (for example alkyl). Methods particularly appropriate for the removal of carboxyl protecting groups include for example acid-, base-, metal- or enzymically-catalysed cleavage.
Examples of hydroxy protecting groups include lower alkyl groups (for example tert-butyl), lower alkenyl groups (for example allyl); lower alkanoyl groups (for example acetyl); lower alkoxycarbonyl groups (for example tert-butoxycarbonyl); lower alkenyloxycarbonyl groups (for example allyloxycarbonyl); aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl groups (for example benzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl and 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl); tri(lower alkyl)silyl (for example trimethylsilyl and tert-butyldimethylsilyl) and aryl-lower alkyl (for example benzyl) groups.
Examples of amino protecting groups include formyl, aryl-lower alkyl groups (for example benzyl and substituted benzyl, 4-methoxybenzyl, 2-nitrobenzyl and 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, and triphenylmethyl); di-4-anisylmethyl and furylmethyl groups; lower alkoxycarbonyl (for example tert-butoxycarbonyl); lower alkenyloxycarbonyl (for example allyloxycarbonyl); aryl-lower alkoxycarbonyl groups (for example benzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl and 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl); lower alkanoyloxyalkyl groups (for example pivaloyloxymethyl); trialkylsilyl (for example trimethylsilyl and tert-butyldimethylsilyl); alkylidene (for example methylidene) and benzylidene and substituted benzylidene groups.
Methods appropriate for removal of hydroxy and amino protecting groups include, for example, acid-, base-, metal- or enzymically-catalysed hydrolysis for groups such as 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, hydrogenation for groups such as benzyl and photolytically for groups such as 2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl. For example a tert butoxycarbonyl protecting group may be removed from an amino group by an acid catalysed hydrolysis using trifluoroacetic acid.
The reader is referred to Advanced Organic Chemistry, 4th Edition, by J. March, published by John Wiley & Sons 1992, for general guidance on reaction conditions and reagents and to Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2nd Edition, by T. Green et al., also published by John Wiley & Son, for general guidance on protecting groups.
Quinazoline starting materials of the Formula II may be obtained by conventional procedures. For example, a 3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one of Formula III
wherein Q1 and Z have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, may be reacted with a halogenating agent such as thionyl chloride, phosphoryl chloride or a mixture of carbon tetrachloride and triphenylphosphine whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable inert solvent, for example 1,2-dichloroethane or N,N-dimethylformamide conveniently in the presence of an base such as an organic base, for example di-isopropylethylamine. The reaction is conveniently carried out at a temperature in the range, for example, 0 to 150° C., preferably at or near the reflux temperature of the reaction solvent.
The 4-chloroquinazoline so obtained may be converted, if required, into a 4-pentafluorophenoxyquinazoline by reaction with pentafluorophenol in the presence of a suitable base such as potassium carbonate and in the presence of a suitable solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide.
The compound of Formula I may be also be prepared using a telescoped process stating from the compound of Formula III, wherein the compound of the Formula Q2NHR1 is reacted with the compound of Formula II following halogenation of the compound of Formula III. The use of such a telescoped process avoids the need to isolate the compound of Formula II prior to reaction with the compound of formula Q2NHR1.
The 3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one of Formula III may be obtained using conventional procedures. For example when Z is an oxygen atom the compound of Formule III may be prepared as illustrated by Reaction Scheme 1 starting with the compound of Formula IV.
wherein Q1 is as hereinbefore defined, X is (1-6C)alkyl (for example methyl) or benzyl, and Pg is a suitable amine protecting group.
Notes:
Step (1)
When X is (1-6C)alkyl, it may be may be cleaved from the compound of formula IV by conventional methods, such as by treatment of the compound of Formula IV with, for example:
When X is benzyl, it may be may be cleaved from the compound of formula IV by, for example, acid catalysed hydrolysis, for example by treatment of the compound of Formula IV with trifluoroacetic acid. Conveniently the reaction is carried out at a temperature in the range of 30 to 120° C., for example 70° C.
Step (2)
The protecting group Pg is added to the 3,4-dihydro-5-hydroxyquinazolin-4-one of Formula IVa using conventional techniques. For example a suitable Pg is a pivaloyloxymethyl group that may be added to the compound of Formula IVa by reacting the compound of Formula IVa with chloromethylpivalate in the presence of a suitable base such as sodium hydride.
Step (3)
The Q1O group may be introduced by coupling the compound of Formula IVb with a compound of the Formula Q1OH in the presence of a suitable dehydrating agent. Suitable conditions for the coupling reaction are described below with reference to process (b).
Step (4)
The protecting group Pg may be removed using conventional methods, for example when Pg is a pivaloyloxymethyl group it may be removed by treating the compound of Formula IVc with a methanolic ammonia solution.
The compound of formula IV may, for example, be prepared starting from an aniline of the Formula V as illustrated in Reaction Scheme 2.
wherein X is as hereinbefore defined.
Notes:
Steps 1 and 2 may be carried out using analogous conditions to the processes described in Organic Syntheses, Coll. Vol. 1, p 327-330; J. Org. Chem. 1969, 34, 3484-3489.
Step 3 may be carried out using analogous conditions to the process described in J. Org. Chem. 1952, 17, 141-148; J. Med. Chem. 1994, 37, 2106-2111.
Anilines of Formula V are commercially available compounds, or they are known in the literature, or can be prepared using well known processes in the art.
In an alternative process the compound of formula HI may be obtained according to Reaction Scheme 1a :
The reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of a suitable base. Suitable bases are as herein described under process (a), for example sodium hydride. The reaction is conveniently performed in a suitable inert solvent, for example N,N-dimethylacetamide. Reaction Scheme Ia is particularly suitable for the preparation of compounds of the formula III in which Z is O. The 5-fluoro-3,4-dihydroquinazoline starting material is commercially available or can be prepared using conventional methods, for example as described in J. Org. Chem. 1952, 17, 164-176.
Compounds of the Formula Q2NBR1 are commercially available compounds, or they are known in the literature, or can be prepared using conventional synthetic methods. For example when Q2 is a group of the formula Ia the compound of the formula Q2NHR1 may be prepared in accordance with Reaction Scheme 3 or Reaction Scheme 4.
wherein X2 is as hereinbefore defined, for example, NR6, S, O or NR6C(R6)2 and G1, G2, G6, G7, L1, Q3 and R6 are as hereinbefore defined, except any functional group is protected if necessary, and whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means.
Notes
Step 1 may be performed under analogous conditions to those used in process (a) described above. The compounds of the formula HX2Q3 are commercially available, or they are known in the literature, or can be prepared using well known processes in the art.
The reduction of the nitro group in step 2 may be carried out under standard conditions, for example by catalytic hydrogenation over a platinum/carbon, palladium/carbon or nickel catalyst, treatment with a metal such as iron, titanium chloride, tin II chloride or indium, or treatment with another suitable reducing agent such as sodium dithionite.
In an variation of process (a) the reduction of the nitro-compound in step 2 of reaction scheme 3 may be carried out as described above, followed directly with reaction with the compound of of formula II in a telescoped process, thereby avoiding the need to isolate the compound of the formula Q2NHR1.
When Q2 is a compound of the formula 1a in which X2 is OCH2 compounds of the formula Q2NHR1 may, for example, be prepared by reacting the starting nitro compound shown in Reaction Scheme 3 in which L1 is OH with a compound of the formula Q3CH2-halide (for example Q3CH2-bromide). The nitro group may then be reduced to an amino group by using step 2 of the process in Reaction Scheme 3. Such compounds may also be prepared by reacting the starting nitro compound shown in Reaction Scheme 3 in which L1 is halide with a compound of the formula Q3CH2OH, followed by reduction of the nitro group as described above in Reaction Scheme 3.
Compounds of the formula Q3CH2OH are known or may be prepared using known methods, for example by reduction of the corresponding ester of the formula Q3COOR, wherein R is, for example (1-6C)alkyl, or benzyl, with a suitable reducing agent, for example sodium borohydride.
When Q2 is a compound of the formula 1a in which X2 is OCH2 compounds of the formula Q2NHR1 may, for example, be prepared by coupling the starting nitro compound shown in Reaction Scheme 3 in which L1 is OH with a compound of the formula Q3CH2OH, conveniently in the presence of a suitable dehydrating agent. Suitable conditions for performing this reaction are analogous to those described below in relation to Process(b).
When Q2 is a compound of the formula 1a in which X2 is C(R6)2NR6 or NR6C(R6)2 compounds of the formula Q2NHR1 may, for example, be prepared according to Reaction Scheme 3a:
wherein G1, G2, G6, G7, L1, Q3 and R6 are as hereinbefore defined, except any functional group is protected if necessary, and whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. The first step of Reaction Scheme 3a may be performed under analogous conditions to those used in process (a) described above. The starting nitro compounds and the compounds of the formula Q3NR6H and Q3C(R6)2L1 are commercially available, or they are known in the literature, or can be prepared using well known processes in the art. The reduction of the nitro group in step 2 may be carried out under analogous conditions to those described above for Reaction Scheme 3.
wherein G1, G2, G6, G7, Q3 and R6 are as hereinbefore defined, except any functional group is protected if necessary, and whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means, and L1 is a suitable leaving group such as halide, for example chloro.
Notes
Suitable for the preparation of those compounds wherein X2 is CO or CH2NR6.
Step 1 may be carried out under analogous conditions to those used in process (a) described above.
The reduction of the nitro group in step 2 may be carried out as described above in Reaction Scheme 3.
When Q2 is a compounds of the formula Ia in which X2 is CO and Q3 is a nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group linked to X2 by a nitrogen atom, the compound of the formula Q2NHR1 may be prepared by coupling the starting nitro compound shown in Reaction Scheme 3 in which L1 is carboxy with a compound of the formula Q3H in the presence of a suitable coupling agent, for example O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate (HATU). Suitable conditions for this reaction are analogous to those described in relation to process (j) below.
When Q2 is a compound of the formula Ib, Ic, Id and Ie, the compound of the formula Q2NHR1 may be prepared, for example, by reacting an appropriate nitro-indole or nitro indazole with a compound of the formula Q4X3-halide, suitably in the presence of a base. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable inert solvent, under analogous conditions to those described for Process (a). The nitro group on the resulting indole or indazole may then be reduced to an amino group using an analogous process to that described in step 2 in Reaction Scheme 3.
Process (b) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Z is an oxygen atom, the coupling, conveniently in the presence of a suitable dehydrating agent, of an alcohol of the Formula
Q1-OH
wherein Q1 has any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary with a quinazoline of the Formula VI
wherein R1 and Q2 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means.
A suitable dehydrating agent is, for example, a carbodiimide reagent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide, or a mixture of an azo compound such as diethyl or di-tert-butyl azodicarboxylate and a phosphine such as triphenylphosphine. The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable inert solvent or diluent, for example a halogenated solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform or carbon tetrachloride and at a temperature in the range, for example, 0 to 150° C., preferably at or near ambient temperature.
The quinazoline of the Formula VI may be obtained by conventional procedures. For example, by cleavage of the group represented by X from the compound of the Formula VII
wherein X is as defined hereinbefore and R1 and Q2 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means.
The cleavage reaction is conveniently carried out as hereinbefore described in relation to step (1) in Reaction Scheme 1.
The compound of Formula VII may be prepared by for example reacting the compound of the Formula (IV) as hereinbefore defined, with a halogenating agent such as thionyl chloride, phosphoryl chloride or a mixture of carbon tetrachloride and triphenylphosphine. The resulting compound is then reacted with a compound of the Formula
Q2NHR1
wherein Q2 and R1 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. The halogenation reaction may be performed under analogous conditions to those described above in relation to the reaction with the compound of the Formula III. The subsequent reaction with the compound of the Formula Q2NHR1 may be performed under analogous conditions to those described above in relation to the reaction with the compound of the Formula II.
Process (c) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Z is an oxygen atom, the reaction, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base, of an alcohol of the Formula
Q1-OH
wherein Q1 has any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary with a quinazoline of the Formula VIII
wherein R1 and Q2 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means.
A suitable base includes, for example a strong non-nucleophilic base such as an alkali, metal hydride, for example sodium hydride, or an alkali metal amide, for example lithium di-isopropylamide (LDA).
The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable inert solvent or diluent, for example a halogenated solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform or carbon tetrachloride, an ether such as tetrahydrofuran or 1,4-dioxan, an aromatic solvent such as toluene, or a dipolar aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one or dimethylsulphoxide. The reaction is conveniently carried out at a temperature in the range, for example, 10 to 250° C., preferably in the range 40 to 150° C. Conveniently, this reaction may also be performed by heating the reactants in a sealed vessel using a suitable heating apparatus such as a microwave heater.
The quinazoline of the Formula VIII may be obtained by conventional procedures. For example, a quinazoline of the Formula IX
wherein L1 is a displaceable group as defined hereinbefore (such as halogeno, for example chloro), may be reacted with a compound of the Formula
Q2NHR1
wherein Q2 and R1 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. The reaction may be performed under analogous conditions to those described above under Process (a).
The quinazoline of Formula IX may be obtained using conventional methods, for example 5-fluoro-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one may be reacted with a halogenating agent such as thionyl chloride, phosphoryl chloride or a mixture of carbon tetrachloride and triphenylphosphine whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means, as described in relation to Process (a) above.
Process (d) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q1 or Q2 contains a primary or secondary amino group, the cleavage of the corresponding compound of Formula I wherein Q1 or Q2 contains a protected primary or secondary amino group.
Suitable protecting groups for an amino group are, for example, any of the protecting groups disclosed hereinbefore for an amino group. Suitable methods for the cleavage of such amino protecting groups are also disclosed hereinbefore. In particular, a suitable protecting group is a lower alkoxycarbonyl group such as a tert-butoxycarbonyl group which may be cleaved under conventional reaction conditions such as under acid-catalysed hydrolysis, for example in the presence of trifluoroacetic acid.
Process (e) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q1 or Q2 contains a (1-6C)alkoxy or substituted (1-6C)alkoxy group or a (1-6C)alkylamino or substituted (1-6C)alkylamino group, the alkylation, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base as defined hereinbefore, of a quinazoline derivative of the formula I wherein Q1 or Q2 contains a hydroxy group or a primary or secondary amino group as appropriate.
A suitable alkylating agent is, for example, any agent known in the art for the alkylation of hydroxy to alkoxy or substituted alkoxy, or for the alkylation of amino to alkylamino or substituted alkylamino, for example an alkyl or substituted alkyl halide, for example a (1-6C)alkyl chloride, bromide or iodide or a substituted (1-6C)alkyl chloride, bromide or iodide, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base as defined hereinbefore, in a suitable inert solvent or diluent as defined hereinbefore and at a temperature in the range, for example, 10 to 140° C., conveniently at or near ambient temperature. An analogous procedure may be used to introduce optionally substituted (2-6C)alkenyloxy, (2-6C)alkenyl amino, (2-6C)alkynyloxy or (2-6C)alkynylamino groups into Q1 or Q2. Examples of substituents that may be introduced to a compound of formula I using this process (e) include, for example the substitution of an NH group in a heterocyclyl represented by Q1 with an ethyl, alkyl, 2-propynyl, 2-methoxyethyl or acetylmethyl, carbamoyl or methanesulphonyl group.
Process (f) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q1 contains an amino-hydroxy-disubstituted (1-6C)alkoxy group (such as 2-hydroxy-3-piperidinopropoxy, 2-hydroxy-3-methylaminopropoxy, 3-dimethylamino-2-hydroxypropoxy or 3-[N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N-methylamino]-2-hydroxypropoxy), the reaction of a compound of the Formula I wherein Q1 contains an epoxy-substituted (1-6C)alkoxy group with a heterocycle or an appropriate amine.
The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable inert diluent or carrier as defined hereinbefore and at a temperature in the range 10 to 150° C., preferably at or near ambient temperature.
Process (g) The reaction, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base as defined hereinbefore, of a quinazoline of the Formula X
wherein L1 is a displaceable group as defined hereinbefore and R1 and Q2 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with a compound of the Formula
Q1ZH
wherein Q1 and Z have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means.
The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable base, such as an alkali metal hydride, for example sodium hydride.
The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable inert diluent or carrier as defined hereinbefore and at a temperature in the range 10 to 150° C., preferably at or near 125° C.
The compound of Formula X may be prepared using an analogous procedure to that described for the preparation of Formula VIII, except that the 5-fluoro atom is replaced by L1.
Process (h) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q1 contains an amino-substituted (1-6C)alkoxy group (such as 3-piperidinopropoxy, 3-methylaminopropoxy or 3-dimethylaminopropoxy), the reaction of a compound of the Formula I wherein Q1 contains a halogeno-substituted (1-6C)alkoxy group with an appropriate amine or a heterocycle containing a ring NH group.
The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable inert diluent or carrier as defined hereinbefore and at a temperature in the range 10 to 150° C., preferably at or near ambient temperature.
Process (i) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein a heterocyclyl group in Q1 or Q3 contains an S- or N-oxide the oxidation of a ring N or S atom in compound of the Formula (I). Suitable oxidizing agents include for example, a peracid (such as m-chloroperbenzoic acid) or perphthalic acid. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable inert solvent or diluent (such as dichloromethane) at a suitable temperature (such as −5 to 50° C.).
Process (j) For the production of those compounds wherein Q2 is a group of the formula 1a wherein:
(i) the group X2-Q3 is CON(R6)Q3 wherein R6 and Q3 are as hereinbefore defined, or
(ii) the group X2-Q3 is COQ3 and Q3 is a nitrogen linked heterocyclyl group, the coupling of the carboxy substituted quinazoline of the formula XI
or a reactive derivative thereof, with an amine of the formula NH(R6)Q3 or Q3H (when Q3 is a nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group, for example hompiperidine) as appropriate, wherein R1, R6, Q1, Q3, Z, G1, G2, G6 and G7 are as hereinbefore defined except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. The coupling reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable coupling agent, such as a carbodimide, or a suitable peptide coupling agent, for example O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluoro-phosphate. The coupling reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert solvent such as 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone, preferably in the presence of a suitable base, such as an organic amine, for example di-isopropylethylamine.
By ‘reactive derivative’ of a compound by the formula XI is meant a derivative of carboxylic acid of formula XI that will react with the amine to give the corresponding amide. Such reactive derivatives include, for example, an acid chloride of the compound of formula XI.
The compound of formula XI may be prepared using process (a) above by reacting a compound of the formula II with an appropriately protected 4-aminobenzoic acid (for example an alkyl or aryl 4-aminobenzoate), followed by removal of the carboxylic acid protecting group using a conventional deprotection technique for the removal of such groups (for example acid hydrolysis in HCl)
Process (k) For the production of those compounds wherein Q2 is a group of the formula Ia wherein:
(i) X2Q3 is OCH2Q3 and Q3 is aryl or heteroaryl, or
(ii) X2Q3 is OQ3 and Q3 is heteroaryl,
the reaction the reaction, optionally in the presence of a base, of a compound of formula I wherein Q2 is a group of the formula Ia as defined hereinbefore except that the group X2Q3 in formula Ia is OH, with a compound of the formula L1CH2Q3 or L1Q3 wherein L1 is a displaceable group, and Q3 is as defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, and whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. Suitable displaceable groups are, for example halogeno such as chloro, or alkanesulphonyloxy, such as mesyloxy. The reaction is conveniently carried out in an inert solvent such as or a dipolar aprotic solvent for example N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one or dimethylsulphoxide, or acetonitrile. The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable base, as described in relation to process (a) above, such as an alkali metal carbonate, for example potassium carbonate. Generally the reaction is suitably performed at a temperature of from −10 to 120° C., conveniently at or near ambient temperature.
The starting material, the compound of formula I wherein Q2 is a group of the formula Ia wherein X2Q3 is OH may be prepared using an analogous process to one of those described herein for the preparation of compounds of the Formula I. For example, Process (a) may be used wherein a compound of the Formula II as hereinbefore described is reacted with an appropriate 4-aminophenol. Compounds of the formula L1CH2Q3 or L1Q3 are known or may be prepared using conventional procedures.
Process (l) For the production of those compounds of the formula I wherein Q1 contains an (2-6C)alkanoylamino or substituted (2-6C)alkanoylamino, the acylation of a quinazoline derivative of the formula I wherein Q1 contains an amino group. A suitable acylating agent is, for example, any agent known in the art for the acylation of amino to acylamino, for example an acyl halide, for example a (2-6C)alkanoyl chloride or bromide, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base, as defined hereinbefore, an alkanoic acid anhydride or mixed anhydride, for example a (2-6C)alkanoic acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride or the mixed anhydride formed by the reaction of an alkanoic acid and a (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl halide, for example a (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl chloride, in the presence of a suitable base as defined hereinbefore. In general the acylation is carried out in a suitable inert solvent or diluent as defined hereinbefore and at a temperature, in the range, for example, −30° C. to 120° C., conveniently at or near ambient temperature.
An analogous process may be used to prepare compounds of the formula I containing an (1-6C)alkanesulphonylamino group or substituted alkanesulphonylamino group except the corresponding (1-6C)alkanesulphonylhalide or or substituted alkanesulphonylhalide (for example methanesulphonyl chloride) is used in place of the acylhalide.
Process (m): For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q2 is an indole or indazole derivative of the formula Ib, Ic, Id or Ie as hereinbefore defined, the reaction, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base, of a compound of the formula Q4X3L1, wherein L1 is a displaceable group and Q4 and X3 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with a compound of the formula XII,
wherein Q1 and R1 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore except that any functional group is protected if necessary, and Q2a is selected from a compound of the formula Ib′, Ic′, Id′ and Ie′
wherein G1, G4, G5, G6 and G7 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore, except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means.
Suitable displaceable groups represented by L1 are as hereinbefore described herein in relation to process (a), such as halogeno, for example chloro.
The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a base. Suitable bases are as hereinbefore described in relation to Process (a), for example sodium hydride.
The reaction is conveniently performed in a suitable inert solvent, for example or a dipolar aprotic solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide or N-methylpyrrolidin-2-one. The reaction is conveniently carried out at a temperature in the range, for example, 10 to 250° C., preferably in the range 20 to 80° C.
The starting material of the formula XII may be obtained using analogous processes to those described herein, for example using process (a) by reacting a quinazoline of the Formula II as hereinbefore described with the appropriate amino substituted indole or indazole derivative of the compounds of the formulae Ib′, Ic′, Id′ or Ie′.
Compounds of the formula Q4X3L1 are known or may be prepared using conventional procedures.
Process (n) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q2 is a group of the formula Ia wherein Q3 is 1,2,4-oxadiazol-4-yl, or 5-alkyl substituted 1,2,4-oxadiazol-4-yl, the ring closure of the hydroxyamidine of the formula XIII
wherein Q1, Z, R1, X3, G1, G2, G6 and G7 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore, except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with an orthoester of the formula RCO(OCH3) or carboxylic acid of the formula RCOOH, wherein R is hydrogen or (1-6C)alkyl, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. The reaction is conveniently performed in the presence of an acid, such as formic acid. The reaction may be performed at a temperature of from ambient to 120° C., preferably at or near to ambient temperature. Process (n) is especially suitable for those compounds of the formula I wherein X3 is OCH2.
The hydroxyamidine of the formula XIII may be prepared by conventional procedures, for example by reacting a compound of the formula XIV
wherein Q1, Z, R1, X3, G1, G2, G6 and G7 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore, except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with hydroxylamine, conveniently in the presence of a base, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by onventional means. Suitable bases that may be used in this reaction are as hereinbefore defined in relation to process (a), for example an alkali metal carbonate such a potassium carbonate. The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable inert solvent such as a polar solvent, for example in aqueous ethanol. The reaction is suitably carried out at a temperature of from 30 to 100° C., for example from 70 to 100° C.
The compound of the formula XIV may be prepared using an analogous process to those described herein for the preparation of compounds of the formula I. For example process (a) may be used by reacting a quinazoline of the formula II as hereinbefore defined with an aniline of the formula XV:
wherein R1, X3, G1, G2, G6 and G7 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore, except that any functional group is protected if necessary, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. Suitable conditions for this reaction are as described for process (a).
Anilines of formula XV are known or may be prepared using conventional techniques, for example using analogous processes to those described above for the preparation of starting materials of the formula Q2NHR1. For example when X3 is OCH2 the compound of the formula XV may be prepared may, for example, be prepared by reacting the starting nitro compound shown in Reaction Scheme 3 in which L1 is OH with chloroacetonitrile. The nitro group may then be reduced to an amino group by using step 2 of the process in Reaction Scheme 3.
Process (o) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q2 is a group of the formula Ia wherein Q3 is 5-amino-1,3,4oxadiazol-5-yl, the cyclisation, conveniently in the presence of a base, of the compound of the formula XVI
wherein Q1, Z, R1, X3, G1, G2, G6 and G7 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore, except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with a cyanogen halide (for example cyanogen bromide), whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means.
Suitable bases that may be used in this reaction are as hereinbefore defined in relation to process (a), for example potassium hydrogen carbonate. The reaction is conveniently carried out in the presence of a suitable inert solvent such as a polar solvent, for example in aqueous ethanol. The reaction is suitably carried out at a temperature of from −10 to 40° C., for example from −5° C. to ambient temperature.
Compounds of the formula XVI may be prepared by conventional procedures, for example by reacting, conveniently in the presence of a base, an ester of formula XVII
wherein R is (1-6C)alkyl or benzyl and Q1, Z, R1,X3, G1, G2, G6 and G7 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore, except that any functional group is protected if necessary, with hydrazine, whereafter any protecting group that is present is removed by conventional means. Suitable bases that may used are as hereinbefore defined in relation to process (a), for example an organic base such as pyridine. The reaction is conveniently performed in a suitable inert solvent such as, for example ethanol.
The ester of formula XVII may be prepared may be prepared using an analogous process to those described herein for the preparation of compounds of the formula I. For example when X3 is OCH2 compounds of the formula XVII may be prepared according to Reaction Scheme 5.
wherein R is (1-6C)alkyl or benzyl and Q1, Z, R1, G1, G2, G6, G7 and each L1 have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore, except that any functional group is protected if necessary,
Suitable bases for the reaction include, for example organic bases such as diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene. The reaction is suitably performed under anhydrous conditions in an inert solvent, for example a hydrocarbon solvent such as toluene. The reaction is suitably performed at a temperature of from 80 to 150° C., for example from 90 to 130° C.
Compounds of the formula XVIII may be prepared using analogous processes for the preparation of the compounds of the formula I described herein. For example a compound of formula XVIII may be prepared using an analogous process to Process (a) by reacting a compound of the formula II with an appropriate 4-iodoaniline.
Process (q) For the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q1 or Q2 contains an (1-6C)alkylamino, substituted (1-6C)alkylamino group or a nitrogen linked heterocyclyl group (for example when Q1 is 1-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)cyclohexan-1-yl), the reductive amination of an aldehyde or ketone group in a compound of formula 1, with a (1-6C)alkylamino, substituted (1-6C)alkylamino group or a heterocyclyl group containing an NH group in the presence of a suitable reducing agent. A suitable reducing agent is, for example, a hydride reducing agent, for example an alkali metal aluminium hydride such as lithium aluminium hydride, formic acid or, preferably, an alkali metal borohydride such as sodium borohydride, sodium cyanoborohydride, sodium triethylborohydride, sodium trimethoxyborohydride and sodium triacetoxyborohydride. The reaction is conveniently performed in a suitable inert solvent or diluent, for example tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether for the more powerful reducing agents such as lithium aluminium hydride, and, for example, methylene chloride or a protic solvent such as methanol and ethanol for the less powerful reducing agents such as sodium triacetoxyborohydride and sodium cyanoborohydride. The reaction is conveniently performed at a temperature in the range, for example, 10 to 100° C., conveniently at or near ambient temperature.
An analogous reductive amination to that described above may be used to introduce an alkyl or substituted alkyl group onto a primary or secondary amine group in a compound of the formula I by reductive amination with a corresponding ketone in the presence of a suitable reducing agent. For example, for the production of those compounds of the Formula I wherein Q1 or Q2 contains a N-methyl group, the corresponding compound containing an NH group may be reacted with formaldehyde in the presence of a suitable reducing agent as described above.
Process (r) The Conversion of One Compound of the Formula I into another Compound of the Formula I.
It will be appreciated that certain of the various ring substituents in the compounds of the present invention may be introduced by standard aromatic substitution reactions or generated by conventional functional group modifications either prior to or immediately following the processes mentioned above (for example as in process (r)), and as such are included in the process aspect of the invention. Such reactions and modifications include, for example, introduction of a substituent by means of an aromatic substitution reaction, reduction of substituents, alkylation of substituents and oxidation of substituents. The reagents and reaction conditions for such procedures are well known in the chemical art. Particular examples of aromatic substitution reactions include the introduction of a nitro group using concentrated nitric acid, the introduction of an acyl group using, for example, an acyl halide and Lewis acid (such as aluminium trichloride) under Friedel Crafts conditions; the introduction of an alkyl group using an alkyl halide and Lewis acid (such as aluminium trichloride) under Friedel Crafts conditions; and the introduction of a halogeno group. Particular examples of modifications include the oxidation of alkylthio to alkylsulphinyl or alkylsulphonyl; the substitution of an NH group in Q1 or Q2 by the reaction with an optionally substituted alkyl halide, an optionally substituted alkenyl halide, an optionally substituted alykynyl halide or optionally substituted alkanoyl halide
When a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I is required, for example an acid-addition salt, it may be obtained by, for example, reaction of said quinazoline derivative with a suitable acid using a conventional procedure.
Biological Assays
The inhibitory activities of compounds were assessed in non-cell based protein tyrosine kinase assays as well as in cell based proliferation assays before their in vivo activity was assessed in Xenograft studies.
a) Protein Tyrosine Kinase Phosphorylation Assays
This test measures the ability of a test compound to inhibit the phosphorylation of a tyrosine containing polypeptide substrate by an enzyme selected from the EGFR kinase, erbB2 kinase and erb4 kinase.
Recombinant intracellular fragments of EGFR, erbB2 and erbB4 (accession numbers X00588, X03363 and L07868 respectively) were cloned and expressed in the baculovirus/Sf21 system. Lysates were prepared from these cells by treatment with ice-cold lysis buffer (20 mM N-2-hydroxyethylpiperizine-N′-2-ethanesulphonic acid (HEPES) pH7.5, 150 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1% Triton X-100, 1.5 mM MgCl2, 1 mM ethylene glycol-bis(β-aminoethyl ether) N′,N′,N′,N′-tetraacetic acid (EGTA), plus protease inhibitors and then cleared by centrifugation.
Constitutive kinase activity of these recombinant proteins was determined by their ability to phosphorylate a synthetic peptide (made up of a random co-polymer of Glutamic Acid, Alanine and Tyrosine in the ratio of 6:3:1). Specifically, Maxisorb™ 96-well immunoplates were coated with synthetic peptide (0.2 μg of peptide in a 200 μl phosphate buffered saline (PBS) solution and incubated at 4° C. overnight). Plates were washed in 50 mM HEPES pH 7.4 at room temperature to remove any excess unbound synthetic peptide. EGFR, erbB2 or erbB4 activities were assessed by incubation in peptide coated plates for 20 minutes at room temperature in 100 mM HEPES pH 7.4 at room temperature, adenosine trisphosphate (ATP) at Km concentration for the respective enzyme, 10 mM MnCl2, 0.1 mM Na3VO4, 0.2 mM DL-dithiothreitol (DIT), 0.1% Triton X-100 with test compound in DMSO (final concentration of 2.5%). Reactions were terminated by the removal of the liquid components of the assay followed by washing of the plates with PBS-T (phosphate buffered saline with 0.5% Tween 20).
The immobilised phospho-peptide product of the reaction was detected by immunological methods. Firstly, plates were incubated for 90 minutes at room temperature with anti-phosphotyrosine primary antibodies that were raised in the mouse (4G10 from Upstate Biotechnology). Following extensive washing, plates were treated with Horseradish Peroxidase (HRP) conjugated sheep anti-mouse secondary antibody (NXA931 from Amersham) for 60 minutes at room temperature. After further washing, HRP activity in each well of the plate was measured colorimetrically using 22′-Azino-di-[3-ethylbenzthiazoline sulphonate (6)] diammonium salt crystals (ABTS™ from Roche) as a substrate.
Quantification of colour development and thus enzyme activity was achieved by the measurement of absorbance at 405 nm on a Molecular Devices ThermoMax microplate reader. Kinase inhibition for a given compound was expressed as an IC50 value. This was determined by calculation of the concentration of compound that was required to give 50% inhibition of phosphorylation in this assay. The range of phosphorylation was calculated from the positive (vehicle plus ATP) and negative (vehicle minus ATP) control values.
b) KB Cell Proliferation Assay
This assay measures the ability-of a test compound to inhibit the proliferation of KB cells (human naso-pharangeal carcinoma obtained from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC).
KB cells (human naso-pharangeal carcinoma obtained from the ATCC were cultured in Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium (DMEM) containing 10% foetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine and non-essential amino acids at 37° C. in a 7.5% CO2 air incubator. Cells were harvested from the stock flasks using Trypsin/ethylaminediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). Cell density was measured using a haemocytometer and viability was calculated using trypan blue solution before being seeded at a density of 1.25×103 cells per well of a 96 well plate in DMEM containing 2.5% charcoal stripped serum, 1 mM glutamine and non-essential amino acids at 37° C. in 7.5% CO2 and allowed to settle for 4 hours.
Following adhesion to the plate, the cells are treated with or without EGF (final concentration of 1 ng/ml) and with or without compound at a range of concentrations in dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) (1% final) before incubation for 4 days. Following the incubation period, cell numbers were determined by removal of the media by aspiration and incubating with 50 μl of 3-(4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2,5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT) (stock 5 mg/ml) for 2 hours. MTT solution was then removed by aspiration, allowed to air dry and the cells dissolved upon the addition of 100 μl of DMSO.
Absorbance of this solubilised cells was read at 540 nm to quantify cell biomass. Inhibition of proliferation was expressed as an IC50 value. This was determined by calculation of the concentration of compound that was required to give 50% inhibition of proliferation. The range of proliferation was calculated from the positive (vehicle plus EGF) and negative (vehicle minus EGF) control values.
c) H16N-2 Cell Proliferation Assay
This assay measures the ability of a test compound to inhibit heregulin β or EGF driven proliferation of H16N-2 cells. These non-neoplastic eptihelial cells respond in a proliferative manner to stimulation with either EGF or heregulin β (Ram, G. R. and Ethier, S. P.(1996) Cell Growth and Differentiation, 7, 551-561) were isolated human mammary tissue (Band, V. and Sager, R. Tumour progression in breast cancer. In: J. S. Rhim and A. Dritschilo (eds.), Neoplastic Transfornation in human Cell Culture, pp 169-178. Clifton, N.J.: Humana Press, 1991) and were obtained from the Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, 44 Binney Street, Boston, Mass. 02115.
H16N-2 cells were routinely cultured in culture medium (a 1:1 mix of Gibco F12 and Ham's αHEM media containing 1% foetal calf serum, 10 mM HEPES, 1 μg/ml Insulin, 12.5 ng/ml EGF, 2.8 μM Hydrocortisone, 2 nM Estradiol 5 μM Ascorbic Acid, 10 μg/ml Transfernin, 0.1 mM Phosphoethanolamine, 15 nM Sodium Selenite, 2 mM Glutamine, 10 nM Tri-iodo-thrynoine, 35 μg/ml Bovine pituitary Extract and 0.1 mM Ethanolamine) at 37° C. in a 7.5% CO2 air incubator. Cells were harvested from the stock flasks using Trypsin/ethylaminediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA). Cell density was measured using a haemocytometer and viability was calculated using trypan blue solution before being seeded at a density of 1.0×103 cells per well of a 96 well plate in the above media at 37° C. in 7.5% CO2 and allowed to settle for 72 hours.
Following this, the cells were starved of serum for 24 hours upon the addition of starvation medium (a 1:1 mix of Gibco F12 and Ham's αMEM media containing, 10 mM HEPES, 2 nM Estradiol, 5 μM Ascorbic Acid, 10 μg/ml Transferrin, 0.1 mM Phosphoethanolamine, 15 nM Sodium Selenite, 2 mM Glutamine, and 0.1 mM Ethanolamine) and incubated at 37° C. in 7.5% CO2. The cells were then treated with or without compound at a range of concentrations in dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) (1% final) for two hours before the addition of exogenous ligand (at a final concentration of 100 ng/ml of heregulin β or 5 ng/ml of EGF) and incubation with both ligand and compound for 4 days at 37° C. in 7.5% CO2. Following the incubation period, cell numbers were determined by removal of the media by aspiration and incubating with 50 μl of 3-(4,5-Dimethylthiazol-2-yl)-2, 5-diphenyltetrazolium bromide (MTT) (stock 5 mg/ml) for 2 hours. MTT solution was then removed by aspiration, allowed to air dry and the cells dissolved upon the addition of 100 μl of DMSO.
Absorbance of this solubilised cells was read at 540 nm to quantify cell biomass. Inhibition of proliferation was expressed as an IC50 value. This was determined by calculation of the concentration of compound that was required to give 50% inhibition of proliferation. The range of proliferation was calculated from the positive (vehicle plus ligand) and negative (vehicle minus ligand) control values.
d) In Vivo LoVo Xenograft Assay
This assay measures the ability of a test compound to inhibit the growth of a LoVo tumour cell xenograft (colorectal adenocarcinoma obtained from the ATCC) in Female-Swiss athymic mice (Alderley Park, nu/nu genotype).
Female Swiss athymic (nu/nu genotype) mice were bred and maintained in Alderley Park in negative pressure Isolators (PFI Systems Ltd.). Mice were housed in a barrier facility with 12 hr light/dark cycles and provided with sterilised food and water ad libitum. All procedures were performed on mice of at least 8 weeks of age. LoVo tumour cell xenografts were established in the hind flank of donor mice by sub-cutaneous injections of 1×107 freshly cultured cells in 100 μl of serum free media per animal. On day 5 post-implant, mice were randomised into groups of 7 prior to the treatment with compound or vehicle control that was administered once daily at 0.1 ml/kg body weight. Tumour volume was assessed twice weekly by bilateral Vernier calliper measurement, using the formula (length×width)×√(length×width)×(π/6), where length was the longest diameter across the tumour, and width was the corresponding perpendicular. Growth inhibition from start of treatment was calculated by comparison of the mean changes in tumour volume for the control and treated groups, and statistical significance between the two groups was evaluated using a Students t test.
e) In Vivo BT-474 Xenograft Assay
This assay measures the ability of a test compound to inhibit the growth of a BT-474 tumour cell xenograft (human mammary carcinoma obtained from Dr Baselga, Laboratorio Recerca Oncologica, Paseo Vall D'Hebron 119-129, Barcelona 08035, Spain) in Female Swiss athymic mice (Alderley Park, nu/nu genotype) (Baselga, J. et al. (1998) Cancer Research, 58, 2825-2831).
Female Swiss athymic (nulnu genotype) mice were bred and maintained in Alderley Park in negative pressure Isolators (PFI Systems Ltd.). Mice were housed in a barrier facility with 12 hr light/dark cycles and provided with sterilised food and water ad libitum. All procedures were performed on mice of at least 8 weeks of age. BT-474 tumour cell xenografts were established in the hind flank of donor mice by sub-cutaneous injections of 1×107 freshly cultured cells in 100 μl of serum free media with 50% Matrigel per animal. On day 14 post-implant, mice were randomised into groups of 10 prior to the treatment with compound or vehicle control that was administered once daily at 0.1 ml/kg body weight. Tumour volume was assessed twice weekly by bilateral Vernier calliper measurement, using the formula (length×width)×√(length×width)×(π/6), where length was the longest diameter across the tumour, and width was the corresponding perpendicular. Growth inhibition from start of treatment was calculated by comparison of the mean changes in tumour volume for the control and treated groups, and statistical significance between the two groups was evaluated using a Students t test.
Although the pharmacological properties of the compounds of the Formula I vary with structural change as expected, in general activity possessed by compounds of the Formula I, may be demonstrated at the following concentrations or doses in one or more of the above tests (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e):
Test (a):—IC50 in the range, for example, 0.001-10 μM;
Test (b):—IC50 in the range, for example, 0.001-20 μM;
Test (c):—IC50 in the range, for example, 0.001-20 μM;
Test (d):—activity in the range, for example, 1-200 mg/kg/day;
Test (e):—activity in the range, for example, 1-200 mg/kg/day;
No physiologically unacceptable toxicity was observed in Test (d) or (e) at the effective dose for compounds tested of the present invention. Accordingly no untoward toxicological effects are expected when a compound of Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore is administered at the dosage ranges defined hereinafter.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a harmaceutically-acceptable thereof, as defined hereinbefore in association with a harmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
The compositions of the invention may be in a form suitable for oral use (for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs), for topical use (for example as creams, ointments, gels, or aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions), for administration by inhalation (for example as a finely divided powder or a liquid aerosol), for administration by insufflation (for example as a finely divided powder) or for parenteral administration (for example as a sterile aqueous or oily solution for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intramuscular dosing or as a suppository for rectal dosing).
The compositions of the invention may be obtained by conventional procedures using conventional pharmaceutical excipients, well known in the art. Thus, compositions intended for oral use may contain, for example, one or more colouring, sweetening, flavouring and/or preservative agents.
The amount of active ingredient that is combined with one or more excipients to produce a single dosage form will necessarily vary depending upon the host treated and the particular route of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans will generally contain, for example, from 0.5 mg to 0.5 g of active agent (more suitably from 0.5 to 100 mg, for example from 1 to 30 mg) compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of excipients which may vary from about 5 to about 98 percent by weight of the total composition.
The size of the dose for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes of a compound of the Formula I will naturally vary according to the nature and severity of the conditions, the age and sex of the animal or patient and the route of administration, according to well known principles of medicine.
In using a compound of the Formula I for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes it will generally be administered so that a daily dose in the range, for example, 0.1 mg/kg to 75 mg/kg body weight is received, given if required in divided doses. In general lower doses will be administered when a parenteral route is employed. Thus, for example, for intravenous administration, a dose in the range, for example, 0.1 mg/kg to 30 mg/kg body weight will generally be used. Similarly, for administration by inhalation, a dose in the range, for example, 0.05 mg/kg to 25 mg/kg body weight will be used. Oral administration is however preferred, particularly in tablet form. Typically, unit dosage forms will contain about 0.5 mg to 0.5 g of a compound of this invention.
We have found that the compounds of the present invention possess anti-proliferative properties such as anti-cancer properties that are believed to arise from their erbB family receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory activity, particularly inhibition of the EGFR and/or erbB2 and/or erbB4 receptor tyrosine kinases, and especially the selective inhibition of erbB2 receptor tyrosine kinases. Accordingly the compounds of the present invention are expected to be useful in the treatment of diseases or medical conditions mediated alone or in part by erbB receptor tyrosine kinases, i.e. the compounds may be used to produce a erbB receptor tyrosine kinase inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal in need of such treatment. Thus the compounds, of the present invention provide a method for the treatment of malignant cells characterised by inhibition of one or more of the erbB family of receptor tyrosine kinases. Particularly the compounds of the invention may be used to produce an anti-proliferative and/or pro-apoptotic and/or anti-invasive effect mediated alone or in part by the inhibition of erbB receptor tyrosine kinases. Particularly, the compounds of the present invention are expected to be useful in the prevention or treatment of those tumours that are sensitive to inhibition of one or more of the erbB receptor tyrosine kinases, such as EGFR and/or erbB2 and/or erbB4 kinase that are involved in the signal transduction steps which drive proliferation and survival of these tumour cells. Accordingly the compounds of the present invention are expected to be useful in the treatment and/or prevention of a number of hyperproliferative disorders by providing an anti-proliferative effect. These disorders include, for example psoriasis, benign prostatic hyperplasia (BPH), atherosclerosis and restenosis and, in particular, erbB2 receptor tyrosine kinase driven tumours. Such benign or malignant tumours may affect any tissue and include non-solid tumours such as leukaemia, multiple myeloma or lymphoma, and also solid tumours, for example bile duct, bone, bladder, brain/CNS, breast, colorectal, endometrial, gastric, head and neck, hepatic, lung, neuronal, oesophageal, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate, renal, skin, testicular, thyroid, uterine and vulval cancers.
According to this aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use as a medicament.
Thus according to this aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a quinazoline derivative of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the production of an anti-proliferative effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method for producing an anti-proliferative effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a quinazoline derivative of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as hereinbefore defined.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the production of an anti-proliferative effect in a warm-blooded animal such as man.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the prevention or treatment of those tumours which are sensitive to inhibition of erbB receptor tyrosine kinases, such as EGFR and/or erbB2 and/or erbB4, that are involved in the-signal transduction steps which lead to the proliferation of tumour cells.
According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method for the prevention or treatment of those tumours which are sensitive to inhibition of one or more of the erbB family of receptor tyrosine kinases, such as EGFR and/or erbB2 and/or erbB4, that are involved in the signal transduction steps which lead to the proliferation and/or survival of tumour cells in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the prevention or treatment of those tumours which are sensitive to inhibition of one or more of the erbB family of receptor tyrosine kinases, such as EGFR and/or erbB2 and/or erbB4, that are involved in the signal transduction steps which lead to the proliferation and/or survival of tumour cells.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore in the manufacture of a medicament for use in providing a EGFR and/or erbB2 and/or erbB4 kinase inhibitory effect.
According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method for providing a EGFRand/or an erbB2 and/or an erbB4 kinase inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in providing a EGFRand/or an erbB2 and/or an erbB4 kinase inhibitory effect.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided the use of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore in the manufacture of a medicament for use in providing a selective erbB2 kinase inhibitory effect.
According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method for providing a selective erbB2 kinase inhibitory effect in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in providing a selective erbB2 kinase inhibitory effect.
By “a selective erbB2 kinase inhibitory effect” is meant that the quinazoline derivative of formula I is more potent against erbB2 receptor tyrosine kinase than it is against other kinases. In particular the quinazoline derivative of formula I is more potent against erbB2 receptor kinase than it is against EGFR tyrosine kinase. For example in a cellular assay (such as the H16N-2 assay described herein) the quinazoline derivative of formula I is at least 5 times, preferably at least 10 times more potent against erbB2 receptor tyrosine kinase driven proliferation than it is against EGFR tyrosine kinase driven proliferation, as determined from the relative IC50 values
According to a further aspect of the present invention there is provided the use of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore in the manufacture of a medicament for use in the treatment of a cancer selected from leukaemia, multiple myeloma, lymphoma, bile duct, bone, bladder, brain/CNS, breast, colorectal, endometrial, gastric, head and neck, hepatic, lung, neuronal, oesophageal, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate, renal, skin, testicular, thyroid, uterine and vulval cancer.
According to a further feature of this aspect of the invention there is provided a method for treating a cancer selected from selected from leukaemia, multiple myeloma, lymphoma, bile duct, bone, bladder, brain/CNS, breast, colorectal, endometrial, gastric, head and neck, hepatic, lung, neuronal, oesophageal, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate, renal, skin, testicular, thyroid, uterine and vulval cancer in a warm-blooded animal, such as man, in need of such treatment, which comprises administering to said animal an effective amount of a quinazoline derivative of the Formula I, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt thereof, as defined hereinbefore.
According to a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of the formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for use in the treatment of a cancer selected from leukaemia, multiple myeloma, lymphoma, bile duct, bone, bladder, brain/CNS, breast, colorectal, endometrial, gastric, head and neck, hepatic, lung, neuronal, oesophageal, ovarian, pancreatic, prostate, renal, skin, testicular, thyroid, uterine and vulval cancer.
The anti-proliferative treatment defined hereinbefore may be applied as a sole therapy or may involve, in addition to the quinazoline derivative of the invention, conventional surgery or radiotherapy or chemotherapy. Such chemotherapy may include one or more of the following categories of anti-tumour agents:
Such conjoint treatment may be achieved by way of the simultaneous, sequential or separate dosing of the individual components of the treatment. Such combination products employ the compounds of this invention within the dosage range described hereinbefore and the other pharmaceutically-active agent within its approved dosage range.
According to this aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical product comprising a quinazoline derivative of the formula I as defined hereinbefore and an additional anti-tumour agent as defined hereinbefoie for the conjoint treatment of cancer.
Although the compounds of the Formula I are primarily of value as therapeutic agents for use in warm-blooded animals (including man), they are also useful whenever it is required to inhibit the effects of the erbB receptor tyrosine protein kinases. Thus, they are useful as pharmacological standards for use in the development of new biological tests for the evaluation of the effects of inhibitors of cell cycle activity in laboratory animals such as cats, dogs, rabbits, monkeys, rats and mice , and in the search for new pharmacological agents.
The invention will now be illustrated by the following non limiting examples in which, unless stated otherwise:
A solution of 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (0.15 g) (reference example 2) and 5-amino-1-benzylindole (0.12 g) in IPA (5 ml) (reference example 7.1) containing HCl in ether (1N, 0.54 ml) was heated at reflux for 1 hr. The solution was cooled and the resulting precipitate filtered to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.115 g, 46%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.2-3.6 (m, 11H), 5.5 (s, 2H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.6 (m, 11H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.1 (m, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 464.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate 4-chloroquinazoline and aniline. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-phenoxyaniline (reference example 8) in 51% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.20 (m, 4H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 6.94 (d, 2H), 7.10 (t, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.36 (t, 3H), 7.59 (dd, 1H), 7.73 (t, 1H), 8.33 (d,1H), 8.56 (s, 1H), 10.19 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 461.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)aniline (reference example 8.1) in 70% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.11 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.26 (t, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 4.77 (m, 1H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 7.11-7.34 (m, 6H), 7.39-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.69 (t, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 10.03 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 493.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 4-phenoxyaniline in 41% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.2-2.5 (m, 4H), 2.7 (s, 3H), 3.1 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 2), 5.1 (m, 2H), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.2 (m, 3H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 8.0 (t, 1H), 8.8 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 427.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 4-(phenylthio)aniline in 57% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.3-2.5 (m, 4H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 5.1 (m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 7H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 8.0 (t, 1H), 8.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 443.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 5-amino-1-benzenesulphonylindole (reference example 7) in 26% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.8 (m, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.3 (m, 4H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m., 3H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 8.0 (m, 3H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum M+514.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(pyridyl-3-oxy)aniline (reference example 5) in 17% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.2-2.5 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.8 (m, 2H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.8-3.6 (m, 4H), 5.0 (m, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.5 (m, 3H), 7.7-7.75 (dd, 1H), 7.75-7.85 (t, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1H), 8.4 (d, 2H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 9.9 (bs, 1H), 10.3-10.5 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+462.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(3-fluorophenoxy)aniline (reference example 5.1) in 35% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.2-2.5 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.8 (m, 2H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 2.8-3.6 (m, 4H), 5.0 (m, 1H), 6.75-6.8 (dd, 1H), 6.8-6.85 (dt, 1H), 6.92-7.02 (td, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.25-7.35 (d,1H), 7.4-7.45 (m, 2H), 7.7-7.8 (dd, 1H), 7.8-7.85 (t, 1H), 8.3 (s, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 9.9-10.1 (bs, 1H), 10.4-10.6 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum M+479.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(2,3-difluorophenoxy)aniline (reference example 5.2) in 67% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.3-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.6 (m, 2H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 3.0-3.6 (m, 4H), 5.0 (m, 1H), 6.8-6.9 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.3-7.35 (d, 1H), 7.45-7.5 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.75 (dd, 1H), 7.75-7.85 (t, 1H), 8.32-8.35 (d, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 10.0 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 497.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(2-pyrimidinyloxy)aniline (ex Bionet Ltd) in 90% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.2-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 2H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 3.0-3.6 (m, 4H), 5.0 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.3 (t, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.42 (d, 1H), 7.45-7.5 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.78 (dd, 1H), 7.78-7.82 (t, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.68 (s,1H), 10.0 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 463.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(2-thenoyl)aniline (prepared using the method of Example 15(6) of WO 96/15118) in 53% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.2-2.6 (m, 4H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 3.0-3.6 (m, 4H), 5.0-5.1 (m, 1H), 7.25 (t, 1H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.75-7.85 (m, 2H), 8.2 (d, 1H), 8.4 (d, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 477, 479.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-((1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)methoxy)aniline (prepared using the method of Example 15(24) of WO 96/15118) in 44% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.2-2.6 (m, 4H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 3.1-3.6 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.9-5.0 (m, 1H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 6.9 (s, 1H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.75 (t, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 9.8 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum M-H+ 477.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-Chloro-4-(N-2-pyridylmethyl)amino)aniline (reference example 9.1) in 46% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.30 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 4.50 (d, 2H), 4.79 (tt, 1H), 6.23 (t, 1H), 6.63 (d, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H); 7.23-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.68 (d, 1H), 7.77 (ddd, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 8.44 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 475.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-methyl-4-[N-(2-pyridylmethyl)amino]aniline (reference example 5.3) in 53% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.30 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 5.10 (m, 1H), 6.43 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.32 (dd, 1H), 7.37-7.55 (m, 4H), 7.81 (dd, 1H), 7.91 (dd, 1H), 8.59 (d, 1H), 8.75 (s, 1H), 10.3-10.6 (d, 1H), 11.15 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 455.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-[N-methyl-N-(2-pyridyl)amino]aniline (reference example 5.4) in 85% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.57 (m, 2H), 5.00 (m, 1H), 6.24 (d, 1H), 6.66 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.76 (d, 1H), 7.80 (dd, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 9.85-10.25 (d, 1H), 10.60-10.90 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 475.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylamino)aniline (reference example 5.5) in 89% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.22 (m, 2H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 4.90-5.15 (m, 1H), 6.77 (dd, 1H), 6.97.(d, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.41 (d, 1H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.60 (ddd, 1H), 7.80 (dd, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 8.27 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 9.85-10.20 (d, 1H), 10.65-11.00 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 463.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-methyl-4-(2-pyridylamnino)aniline (reference example 5.6) in 86% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.27 (m, 5H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 3.20 (m, 2H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 5.01 (m, 1H), 6.66 (dd, 1H), 6.72 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.67 (d, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.77 (dd, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 10.01 (s, 1H), 10.80 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 441.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-methyl- 4-[N-methyl-N-(2-pyridyl)amino]aniline (reference example 5.7) in 73% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 2.50 (m, 2H), 2.78 (s, 3H), 3.18 (m, 2H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 5.03 (m, 1H), 6.11 (d, 1H), 6.61 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (d, 1H), 7.79 (dd, 1H), 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 10.13 (bs, 1H), 10.82 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum+455.6.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-((3-fluorophenylamino)methyl)aniline (reference example 10) in 54% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.93 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.66 (m, 2H), 4.33 (d, 2H), 4.80 (tt, 1H), 6.32 (dd, 1H), 6.36 (dd, 1H), 6.60 (t, 1H), 7.09 (ddd, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.75 (dd, 1H), 8.28 (d, 1H), 8.59 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 494.5.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(8-quinolylthio)aniline (reference example 11) in 61% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 528.
To a solution of 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) (100 mg) and 3-chloro-4-((1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-yl)thio)aniline (obtained as described in example 10 of WO 96/15118) (86 mg) in DMA (4 ml) was added 1.0 M HCl in diethyl ether (1.0 ml) and the resulting slurry heated at 80° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature, diluted with acetone and the product filtered off. This solid was purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM/methanol/880 NH4OH (100/8/1), to give the title compound (116 mg, 67%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.30 (m, 4H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 6.83 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H), 7.62 (t, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 10.14 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 481.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate 4-chloroquinazoline and aniline. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(2-pyridyloxy)aniline (obtained as described in example 15 (12) of WO 96/15118) in 65% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.85-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.34 (m, 7H), 2.63-2.75 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.62 (dd, 1H), 7.75 (t, 1H), 7.85-7.90 (m, 1H), 7.99-8.12 (m, 1H), 8.28 (d, 1H), 8.58 (s, 1H), 10.22 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 462.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-methyl-4-(2-pyridylmethoxy)aniline (Example 13 of WO 96/15118) in 48% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.82-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.36 (m, 5H), 2.56-2.68 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m; 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.29-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.50-7.60 (m, 3H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 7.87 (t, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.60 (m, 1H), 9.99 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 456.
Di-iso-propylethylamine (0.234 g), 5-(1-tert-butyloxycarbonylpiperidin-4-yloxy)4-chloroquinazoline (0.218 g) (reference example 2.1) and 3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)aniline (0.162 g) (reference example 8.1) in DMA (10 ml) were heated at 90° C. for 1.5 hours. The reaction was cooled, concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography (using DCM to DCM-5% methanol as eluent) to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.325 g, 94%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.40 (m, 9H), 1.79 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.22 (m, 2H), 3.15 (m, 2H), 3.84 (m, 2H), 4.94 (m, 1H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 7.17 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.37 (m, 5H), 7.43-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.73 (t, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 9.96 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 579.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate 4-chloroquinazoline and aniline. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 3-(2-chloro-4-aminophenoxymethyl)-1,5-dimethylpyrazole (reference example 8.3) in IPA in 31% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.1-2.2 (m, 5H), 2.2-2.3 (m, 5H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 6.1 (s, 1H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.5 (dd, 1H), 7.7 (t, 1H), 8.1 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 10.0 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+493.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 3-(2-chloro-4-aminophenoxymethyl)-1-methylpyrazole (reference example 8.4) in IPA in 35% yield; NMR spectrum DMSO-d6) 1.9 (m, 2H), 2.1 (m, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2:3 (m, 3H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.3 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 8.1 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 10.0 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 479.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 5-(2-chloro-4-aminophenoxymethyl)-3-methylisoxazole (reference example 9.5) in IPA in 63% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.9 (m, 2H), 2.1 (m, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3 (d, 2H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.7 (t, 1H), 8.1 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 10.0 (bs, 1H); Mass. spectrum MH+ 480.
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in oil, 20 mg) was added to 4-hydroxy-1-methylpiperidine (46 mg) in DMA (0.5 ml) and the reaction stirred at 40° C. for 30 minutes. 4-(4-(Azepan-1-ylcarbonyl)-3-chloroanilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4) (43.5 mg) was added and the reaction heated at 130° C. for 3 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of a few drops of water, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (using DCM-2% methanolic ammonia to DCM-5% methanolic ammonia as eluent) to give the title compound as a white solid (66 mg, 67%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.55 (bs, 6H), 1.73 (bs, 2H), 1.88-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.22 (m, 5H), 2.26 (t, 2H), 2.64-2.74 (m, 2H), 3.23 (s, 2H), 3.58 (d, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7.64 (dd, 1H), 7.76 (t, 1H), 8.27 (d, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 494.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate 5-fluoroquinazoline and alcohol. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-(1-(3-fluorobenzyl)indazol-5-ylamino)-5-fluoroquinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.1) with 4-hydroxy-1-methylpiperidine in 41% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.87-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.02-2.30 (m, 5H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.67 (m, 2H), 4.82 (m, 1H), 5.68 (s, 2H), 7.02-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.31-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.68-7.77 (m, 2H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 10.19 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 483.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) and tetrahydropyran-4-ol in 53% yield; NMR spectrum 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 3.55 (dt, 1H), 3.90 (dt, 1H), 4.95 (m, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 7.16 (dt, 1H), 7.20-7.35 (m, 5H), 7.40-7.53 (m, 2H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 8.17 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 10.03 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum M+ 480.
Obtained from 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) and 3-hydroxy-1-methylpyrrolidine in 50% yield; NMR spectrum 1.92 (m, 1H), 2.22 (m, 1H), 2.38 (m+s, 4H), 2.50 (m, 1H), 3.00 (dt, 1H), 3.17 (d, 1H), 5.23 (s, 2H), 5.32 (m, 1H), 7.15 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 7.77 (dd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 10.40 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum M+ 479.
Obtained from 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) and 3-hydroxytetrahydrofuran in 64% yield; Mass Spectrum M+ 466.
Potassium carbonate (290 mg) was added to a mixture of 2-bromobenzylchioride (128 mg) and 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.2) in DMF (15 ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography using 0-4% methanolic ammonia in DCM as eluent to afford the title compound as a pink solid (90 mg, 31%); NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.11 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.26 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 5.21 (s, 2H), 7.20-7;34 (m, 4H), 7.42-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.61-7.73 (m, 3H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 10.05 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 555.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate 4-hydroxyanilinoquinazoline and alkyl halide or mesylate. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.2) and 3-bromomethyl-1,2,5-thiadiazole (obtained as described in J. Heterocycl. Chem. 1984, 21, 1157-60); NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.8-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.05-2.4 (m, 7H), 2.5-2.7 (m, 2H), 4.7-4.8 (m, 1H), 5.55 (s, 2H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.7 (t, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.95 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 483.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.3) and benzyl chloride in 22% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 459.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.3) and 2-fluorobenzyl chloride in 37% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 477.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-fluoro-4hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.3) and 2,6-difluorobenzyl chloride in 27% yield; Mass Spectrum M-H+ 493.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.3) and 2-cyanobenzyl chloride in 12% yield; Mass Slpectum MH+ 484.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.3) and 2-picolyl chloride hydrochloride in 11% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 460.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.3) and 5-methyl-3-chloromethylisoxazole in 38% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 464.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.2) and 3,4-difluorobenzyl chloride in 53% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 511.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 4.2) and 3-chloromethylisoxazole (reference example 31) in 71% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 466.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(tetrahydropyran-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 42) and 3-chloromethyl-5-methylisoxazole in 44% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.8-1.94 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 3.54 (dt, 2H), 3.91 (dt, 2H), 4.91-5.01 (m, 1H), 5.25 (s, 2H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 7.23-7.26 (m; 3H), 7.51 (dd, 1H), 7.72 (t, 1H), 8.16 (d, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 10.04 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+467.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(tetrahydropyran-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 42) and 2-chloromethylpyrazine (obtained as described in Synthesis, 1984, 676) in 4% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.27 (m, 2H), 3.54 (t, 2H), 3.85-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.90-5.01 (m, 1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 7.24-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.72 (t, 1H), 8.18 (d ,1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 8.62-8.69 (m, 1H), 8.84 (s, 1H), 10.05 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 464.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 42.1) and 3-chloromethyl-5-methylisoxazole in 85% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.12-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 3.79-3.99 (m, 3H), 4.19 (d, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 5.46 (t, 1H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.74 (t, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 8.53 (s ,1H), 10.05 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 453.
Obtained from 4-(4-chloromethylthiazol-2-yl)morpholine (obtained as described in Example 9 of U.S. Pat. No. 5,455,351) and 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) in 41% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.85-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.68 (m, 2H), 3.38 (m, 4H), 3.71 (m, 4H),4.80 (m, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 6.91 (s, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.73 (dd, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 10.06 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 567.
Obtained from benzyl chloride and 4-(3-methyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 38) in 48% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 10H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H) 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.9 (t, 2H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 8H), 7.6 (t, 1H),8.6 (s, 1H), 9.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 455.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-methyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 38) with 2-fluorobenzyl chloride in 74% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 10H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H) 5.2 (s, 2H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 7.1 (t, 1H), 7.2 (t, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.4-7.6 (m, 5H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 9.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 473.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-methyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 38) with 2,6-difluorobenzyl chloride in 72% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.3 (m, 5H), 2.4 (m, 5H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H) 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.9 (m, 3H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.5 (dd, 1H), 7.6 (t, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 9.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 491.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-methyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 38) with 3-chloromethyl-5-methylisoxazole in 70% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 10H), 2.4 (s, 3H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H) 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.1 (s, 1H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.6 (t, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 9.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 460.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-methyl4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 38) with 4-chloromethylthiazole in 46% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 10H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H) 5.3 (s, 2H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.6 (m, 5H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 8.8 (d, 1H), 9.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+462.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-methyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 38) with 2-chloromethyl benzonitrile in 33% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 10H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.7 (m, 1H) 5.3 (s, 2H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 7.4 (m, 2H), 7.5 (m, 2H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.7 (m, 2H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 9.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 480.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-methyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 38) with 3-fluorobenzyl chloride in 43% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 10H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, 1H) 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.9 (m, 2H), 7.0 (m, 1H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.3-7.5 (m, 4H), 7.6 (t, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 9.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 473.
Obtained by reacting 3-fluorobenzyl chloride and 4-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.3) in 46% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2 (m, 5H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.7 (m, 2H), 3.2 (m, 2H), 4.8 (m, 1H) 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.2-7.4 (m, 8H), 7.5 (m, 1H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 8.0 (m, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 10.1 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 477.
Obtained from 4-(3-Chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) and methanesulphonic acid 2-methyloxazol-4-ylmethyl ester (reference example 48) in 11% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.12 (m; 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.40 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.51 (dd, 1H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H, 8.10 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 10.04 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 480.
Obtained from 4-(5-chloro-2-fluoro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.7) and 2-picolyl chloride hydrochloride in 28% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K), 1.8-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.1-2.2 (m, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.3 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 3H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 7.85-7.95 (m, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 8.6-8.7 (m, 2H), 10.0 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 495.
A suspension of 2-chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)benzoic acid hydrochloride (reference example 24) (74.8 mg) in NMP (1.7 ml) was treated with a solution of HATU (76 mg) in NMP (1.7 ml) followed by a solution of di-iso-propylethylamine (43 mg) in NMP (1.7 ml) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. To this was added decahydroquinoline (93 mg) and the mixture stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo to give a gum that was treated with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and extracted with DCM. The DCM solution was evaporated in vacuo to give an oil which was purified by column chromatography, eluting with DCM/methanol/880 NH4OH (100/8/1), to give the title compound (37 mg, 42%); Mass spectrum MH+ 534.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate amine and acid. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting 2-chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)benzoic acid hydrochloride (reference example 24) and decahydroisoquinoline in 35% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 534.
Obtained by reacting 2-chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)benzoic acid hydrochloride (reference example 24) and 3-methylpiperidine in 59% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 0.90 (m, 3H), 1.25 (m, 1H), 1.50 (m, 1H), 1.68 (m, 2H), 1.84 (m, 1H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 3H), 2.95 (m, 3H), 4.82 (m, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.43 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 7.78 (t, 1H), 8.23 (d, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 10.25 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 494.
Obtained by reacting 2-chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)benzoic acid hydrochloride (reference example 24) and 4-methylpiperidine in 71% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.00 (d, 3H), 1.16 (m, 2H), 1.70 (m, 3H), 2.00 (m, 2H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 2.36 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 2.95 (m, 4H), 4.82 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 7.78 (t, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 10.24 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 494.
Obtained by reacting 2-ethynyl-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)benzoic acid hydrochloride (reference example 24.1) and decahydroquinoline in 34% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 524.
Obtained by reacting 2-ethynyl-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)benzoic acid hydrochloride (reference example 24.1) and homopiperidine in 51% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 484.
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 ml) was added to a solution of 5-(1-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperidine-4-yloxy)-4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)quinazoline (0.31 g) (example 3) in DCM (2 ml) and the solution stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the residue triturated with conc. aq. ammonium hydroxide and filtered to give the title compound as a white solid (0.196 g, 87%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.76-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.77-2.90 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.28 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.77 (m, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.90-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.66 (m, 4H), 7.92 (t, 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 10.05 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 479.
4-(3-Chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (96 mg) (example 7), propyl bromide (27 mg) and potassium carbonate (0.11 g) in DMA (2 ml) were stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (using DCM-5% methanol as eluent) to give the title compound as a white solid after trituration with ether (61 mg, 59%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 0.92 (t, 3H), 1.45-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.20-2.39 (m, 6H), 2.79-2.92 (m, 2H), 4.64 (m, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.87-7.06 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.52 (dd, 1H) 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 10.00 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 521.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate amine and alkyl bromide or chloride. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 7) with allyl bromide in 75% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.94-2.09 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.43 (m, 4H), 2.80-2.93 (m, 2H), 3.04 (d, 2H), 4.68 (m, 1H), 5.14-5.25 (m, 4H), 5.89 (m, 1H), 6.88-7.07 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.27, (m, 2H), 7.30-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.53 (dd, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 9.98 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+519.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 7) with 3-bromoprop-1-yne in 65% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.97-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.18 (t, 1H), 2.25-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.62 (m, 2H), 2.86-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.39 (d, 2H;), 4.68 (m, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.90-7.07 (m, 3H), 7.19-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.51 (dd, 1H), 7.63 (t, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 8.62 (s, 1H), 9.94 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 517.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 7) with 2-bromoethyl methylether in 44% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.96-2.10 (m, 2H), 2.23-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.64 (t, 2H), 2.87-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 3.52 (t, 2H), 4.66 (m, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.88-7.08 (m, 3H), 7.18-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.44 (d, 1H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H), 9.98 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 537.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 7) with chloroacetone in 54% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.98-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.17, (s, 3H), 2.23-2.36 (m, 2H), 2.44-2.55 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.93 (m, 2H), 3.28 (s, 3H), 4.67 (m, 1H), 5.57 (s, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 6.94-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.51 (dd, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 8.63.(s, 1H), 9.96 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 535.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 7) with methyl bromoacetate in 38% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.00-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.24-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.54-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.91-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.31 (s, 2H), (s, 3H), 4.66 (m, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 6.91 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 6.90-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.50 (dd, 1H), 7.62 (t, 1H), 7.93 (d,. 1H), 8.63 (s, 1H), 9.96 (bs, 1H), Mass spectrum MH+ 551.
4-(3-Chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (48 mg) (example 7), methanesulphonyl chloride (12.6 mg) and di-iso-propylethylamine (19.4 mg) in DCM (2 ml) were stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (using DCM to DCM-5% methanol as eluent) to give the title compound as a white solid (38 mg, 68%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.93-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 3.05-3.15 (m, 2H), 3.45-3.55 (m, 2H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 7.13-7.20 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.38 (m, 5H), 7.41-7.56 (m, 2H), 7.73 (t, 3H), 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 9.90 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 557.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate amine and alkyl bromide or chloride. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 7) with 2-chloroacetamnide in 75% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90-2.02 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.37-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.89 (s, 2H), 4.81 (m, 1 H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 7.09 (bs, 1H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.36 (m, 6H), 7.42-7.52 (m, 2H), 7.72 (t, 1H), 8.17 (d, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 10.10 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+536.
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 25 mg) was added to a stirred solution of 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) (0.2 g) in DMF (2 ml). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 mins, then 5-methyl-3-isoxazolemethyl chloride (85 mg) added. The reaction was stirred for a further 3 hours, then poured into water. The resulting solid precipitate was filtered, dried and triturated with ether to give the title compound as a pale green solid (42 mg, 17%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.8-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s +m, 5H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.43 (s, 2H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.49 (m, 2H), 7.67 (t, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 10.10 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 469.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate indole and alkyl bromide or chloride. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 2,6-difluorobenzyl bromide in 89% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.12 (s+m, 5H), 2.28 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.44 (s, 2H), 6.45 (d, 1H), 7.10-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.23-7.50 (m, 5H), 7.67 (t, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 8.40 (s, 1H), 10.09 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 500.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 2-cyanobenzyl bromide in 50% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.64 (s, 2H), 6.58 (d, 1H), 6.92 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.40-7.50 (m, 3H), 7.60 (dt, 1H), 7.68 (t, 1H); 7.90 (d, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 10.11 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 489.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 2-picolyl chloride hydrochloride in 42% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 7.25 (m, 3H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.69 (m, 2H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 8.41 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, 1H), 10.10 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 465.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 4-chloromethylthiazole in 75% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 6.48 (d, 1H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.68 (t, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 9.02 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 471.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 4-fluorobenzyl chloride in 78% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 7.10-7.30 (m, 7H), 7.48 (d, 1H), 7.53 (d, 1H), 7.69 (t, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 10.10 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 482.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 2-methoxybenzyl chloride in 20% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 6.48 (d, 1H), 6.80 (m, 2H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.22 (m, 2H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.67 (t, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 10.10 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 494.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 2-chlorobenzyl chloride in 61% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.52 (s, 2H), 6.55 (d, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.68 (t, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 10.11 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum M+498.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 2,5-dimethylbenzyl chloride in 75% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 6.51 (m, 2H), 6.97 (d, 1H), 7.05 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.22-7.37 (m, 4H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.68 (t, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 10.12 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 492.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 3-chlorobenzyl chloride in 70% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.43 (s, 2H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 7.10-7.38 (m, 7H), 7.48 (d, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 10.10 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum M+ 498.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 4-chloromethyl-2-methylthiazole hydrochloride in 37% yield; NMR snectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s+m, 5H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.58 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.41 (s, 2H), 6.47 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.45 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.68 (t, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H), 10.10 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 485.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 2-fluorobenzyl chloride in 18% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 482.
Obtained from 4-(indol-5-ylamino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.4) and 3-fluorobenzyl chloride in 33% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 482.
Sodium dithionite (1 g) was added to a solution of 4-benzyloxy-3-ethynyl-nitrobenzene (reference example 28) in ethanol (10 ml) and water(10 ml) and the solution heated at 80° C. for 3 hours. The ethanol was removed in vacuo and the residue extracted with DCM. Combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated and the residue dissolved in IPA (0.5 ml). To this was added di-iso-propylethylamine (0.025 ml) and 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and the solution heated at 90° C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled and the resulting precipitate collected, washed with IPA and ether, and dried to give the title compound as a cream-coloured solid (3.5 mg, 2%); Mass Spectrum MH+465.
A solution of 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) (70 mg) and 3-ethynyl-4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)aniline (reference example 30) (70 mg) in IPA (2 ml) was heated at reflux for 2 hours. The solution was cooled and the resulting precipitate filtered, washed with IPA and ether to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.115 g, 89%); Mass Spectrum MH+ 483.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate chloroquinazoline and aniline. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 3-ethynyl-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)aniline (reference example 30.1) in 80% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 483.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)-3-ethynylaniline (reference example 30.2) in 73% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 502.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 3-ethynyl-4-(5-methylisoxazol-3-ylmethoxy)aniline (reference example 30.4) in 61% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 471.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 3-ethynyl4-(thiazol-4-ylmethoxy)aniline (reference example 30.3) in 20% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 473.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) with 3-chloro-4-(2-pyrimidinylmethoxy)aniline (reference example 9.2) in 40% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 5.40 (s, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 7.20 (d, 2H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.45 (dd, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, 2H), 10.0 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 477.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 4-(2-amirnothiazol-4-ylmethoxy)-3-chloroaniline (reference example 9.3) in 75% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.84-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2:22-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.67 (m, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 4.94 (s, 2H), 6.59 (s, 1H), 6.95 (s, 2H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.29 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.49 (dd, 1H), 7.70 (dd, 1H), 8.68 (d, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 10.03 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 497.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-fluoro-4-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)aniline (reference example 6.2) in 31% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.1-2.2 (m, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 2H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 4.7-4.8 (m, 1H), 7.0 (s, 1H), 7.1-7.15 (t, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.42 (dd, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.0-8.1 (dd, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 465.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-fluoro-4-(1-methyl-1H-1,3,4-triazol-2-ylthio)aniline (reference example 6.3) in 16% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.1-2.2 (m, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 2H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 4.7-4.8 (m, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.5 (m, 3H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.1-8.2 (d, 1H), 8.5-8.6 (d, 2H), 10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 466.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-Chloro-4-(2-pyridylthio)aniline (reference example 6.4) in 11% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.1 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.3 (m, 2H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.3-2:45 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.85 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.9 (m, 1H), 7.0-7.1 (d, 1H), 7.15-7.25 (dd, 1H), 7.25-7.35 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.5 (d, 1H), 7.6-7.7 (m, 1H), 7.7-7.85 (m, 3H), 8.3-8.45 (m, 2H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 10.3 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 478.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(2-pyrimidinylthio)aniline (reference example 6.5) in 6% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (t, 1H), 7.25-7.3 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.45 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.75-7.85 (d, 2H), 8.45 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 2H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 10.3 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 479.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)aniline (reference example 9.6) in 74% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.8-1.9 (m, 2H), 2.1-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 2H) 4.7-4.8. (m, 1H), 6.7-6.8 (d, 1H), 7.1 (bs, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.4 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.5 (dd, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 10-10.2 (bs, 1H), 12.8-12.9 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 467.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-fluoro4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)aniline (reference example 8.5) in 33% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 2H) 4.7-4.8. (m, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (m, 1H), 7.4-7.5 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.1-8.2 (d, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 10.2-10.5 (bs, 1H), 12.0-12.8 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+451.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-(2-thiazolylthio)aniline (reference example 9.7) in 29% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 7.2-7.5 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.45 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.8 (s, 1H), 7.8-7.9 (m, 2H), 8.4 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 10.4 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 482.
A suspension of 2-methylpyrazine (940 mg); N-chlorosuccinimide (1.34 g) and benzoyl peroxide (70%, 71 mg) in carbon tetrachloride (50 ml) was heated at reflux for 24 hours. The reaction was cooled to 0C in an ice bath and then filtered through diatomaceous earth. To the crude solution of 2-chloromethylpyrazine in carbon tetrachloride was added potassium carbonate (138 mg), 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) (90 mg) and cis-dicyclohexano-18-crown-6 (5 mg), and the reaction mixture heated at 80° C. After 16 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was partitioned between DCM and water. The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated and the residue purified by chromatography (0-3% 7N methanolic ammonia in DCM) to yield the title compound as a pale pink solid (46 mg; 41%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 7.20 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.50 (dd, 1H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.65 (dd, 2H), 8.85 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 477.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate methylheterocycle. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) and 4-methylpyrimidine in 12% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.40 (m, 2H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 7.25 (t, 1H), 7.35 (d, 2H), 7.50 (dd, 1H), 7.65 (dd, 1H), 7.70 (t, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.85 (d, 2H), 9.20 (d, 1H), 10.0 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 477.
Potassium carbonate (43.2 g) was added to a solution of 4-(3-chloroffhydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (30 g) (reference example 4.2), 2-picolyl chloride hydrochloride (13.8 g) and 18-crown-6 (1 g) in acetonitrile (1000 ml) and the reaction,heated at reflux for 3 hours. The reaction was filtered whilst hot, and allowed to cool. The resulting crystalline sQlid was filtered and recrystallised from acetonitrile to give the title compound as beige needles (19.36 g, 52%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (s+m, 5H), 2.22 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.45 (dd, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.66 (t, 1H), 7.83 (dt, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.47 (s, 1H), 8.57 (d, 1H), 10.02 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum M+ 476.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate halomethyl compound. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 4-(3-chlorohydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4 yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) and 2chloromethylimidazo[1,2-α]pyridine in 28% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.85-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.10-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.69 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.89 (ddd, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.24 (ddd, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.41 (d, 1H), 7.51 (dd, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.72 (dd, 1H), 8.02 (s, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.55 (dd, 1H), 10.06 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+515.
Obtained from 3-bromomethylbenzo[d]isoxazole (prepared as in Chim. Ther. 1972, 7(2), 127-132) and 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidinyloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) in 36% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.86-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.23-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.68 (m, 2H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 5.73 (s, 2H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.71 (ddd, 1H), 7.73 (dd, 1H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 10.07 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+516.
A mixture of 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)quinazoline (70 mg) (reference example 42.1), 2-chloropyrirnidine (25 mg), potassium carbonate (275 mg) 15 and 1,4,7,10,13,16-hexaoxacyclooctadecane (5 mg) in acetonitrile (8 ml) was heated at reflux. for 30 hours. Water (30 ml) was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (30 ml). The extracts were dried and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography using 0-2% methanol-DCM as eluent to afford the title compound as a solid (15 mg, 17%); NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.15-2.24 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.42 (m, 1H), 3.8-3.94 (m, 2H), 3.98 (q, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 5.46 (i, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.28 (t, 1H), 7.39 (d, 1H), 7.41 (d, 1H), 7.70 (dd, 1H), 7.77 (t, 1H), 8.31 (d,1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.65 (d, 2H), 10.21 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 436.
2-(2-Chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin4-ylamino)phenoxy)-N-hydroxyacetamidine (200 mg) (reference example 35) was dissolved in formic acid (4 ml). Trimethyl orthoformate (4 ml) was added, and the mixture stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was evaporated, and the residue purified by chromatography, using 0 to 1.5% (7:1 methanol/conc. ammonia (aq)) in DCM as eluent to give the title compound as a white crystalline solid (157 mg, 77%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.83-1.96 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.22-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.67 (m, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 5.45 (s, 2H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.71 (dd, 1H), 8.12 (d, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H), 9.67 (s, 1H), 10.05 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 467.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate hydroxyacetamidine and orthoester. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 2-(2-chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)phenoxy)-N-hydroxyacetamidine (reference example 35) and trimethyl orthoacetate in 60% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.83-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.31 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 5.34 (s, 2H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.52 (dd, 1H), 7.71 (dd, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 10.05 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 467.
Potassium hydrogen carbonate (10 mg) was dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (2 ml) and water (4 ml) 2-[2-Chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)phenoxy]acetic acid hydrazide (reference example 37) (40 mg) was added. The suspension was briefly sonicated, then cooled to 0° C. Cyanogen bromide (3M in DCM, 31 μl) was added dropwise. The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight with stirring. The resulting yellow solution was evaporated, and the residue purified by chromatography, using 0 to 4% (7:1 methanol/conc. ammonia (aq)) in DCM as eluent to give the title compound as a white crystalline solid (14 mg, 33%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.87-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.69 (m, 2H), 4.79. (m, 1H), 5.26 (s, 2H), 7.20 (s, 2H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.34 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.72 (dd, 1H), 8.13 (d, 1H), 8.52 (s, 1H), 10.09 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 482.
Phosphorus oxychloride (0.21 ml) was added dropwise to a solution of 3,4-dihydro-5-(tetrahydropyran-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-one (reference example 1.2) (57 mg) and di-iso-propylethylarine (0.045 ml) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (5 ml) at 0° C. The mixture was heated at 80° C. for 3 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was azeotroped with toluene (5 ml), di-iso-propylethylamine (0.5 ml) was added and the mixture was again concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in IPA (1 ml) and 3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethoxy)aniline (obtained as described in PCT Int. Appl. WO 9615118) (100 mg) was added. The resulting mixture was heated at 80° C. for 12 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography, using 0-5% methanol—DCM as eluent, to give the title compound as a solid (48 mg, 43%); NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.27 (m, 2H), 3.54 (t, 2H), 3.84-3.98 (m, 2H), 4.89-5.00 (m, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 7.21-7.39 (m, 4H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.71 (t, 1H), 7.85 (t, 1H), 8.15-8.20 (m, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 8.54-8.61 (m, 1H), 10.03 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 463.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate 3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one and aniline. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting 3,4dihydro-5-(tetrahydropyran4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-one (reference example 1.2) and 5-amino-1-(3-fluorobenzyl)indazole (obtained as described in PCT Int. Appl. WO 9802438) in 19% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.27 (m, 2H), 3.55 (dt, 2H), 3.91 (dt, 2H), 4.93-5.03 (m, 1H), 5.69 (s, 2H), 7.02-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.26 (d, 1H), 7.30-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.71 (t, 2H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 8.39 (d, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 10.16 (s,1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 470.
Obtained by reacting 3,4-dihydro-5-(tetrahydropyran-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-one (reference example 1.2) and 3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)aniline (reference example 9.6) in 10% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.78-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.24 (m, 2H), 3.52 (dt, 2H), 3.89 (dt, 2H), 4.88-4.99 (m, 1H), 6.75 (d, 1H), 7.26 (bs, 1H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.44 (m, 3H), 7.73 (t, 1H), 8.40 (d, 1H), 8.57 (s, 1H), 10.18 (s, 1H), 12.86 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 452.
Obtained by reacting 3,4-dihydro-5-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)quinazolin-4-one (reference example 1.3) and 3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethoxy)aniline (obtained as described in PCT Int. Appl. WO 9615118) in 15% yield; NMR Spectrum (CDCl3) 2.23-2.45 (m, 2H), 3.94-4.04 (m, 2H), 4.10 (q, 1H), 4.26 (d, 1H), 5.25 (t, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 6.84 (d, 1H), 6.99 (d, 1H), 7.22 (dd, 1H), 7.44-7.54 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.74 (dt, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8,60 (d, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 449.
To a stirred solution of 4-(3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)anilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 12.11) (460 mg) in acetonitrile (30 ml) was added potassium carbonate (1.0 g), chloroacetonitrile (80 mg) and cis-dicyclohexano-18-crown-6 (20 mg) and the solution stirred and heated at reflux for 18 hours. The solution was cooled, filtered and evaporated, and the residue purified by chromatography using ethyl acetate and then ammonia/methanol/DCM (30 ml of 2.3N ammonia in methanol, 970 ml of DCM) as eluent. Evaporation of the relevant fractions and trituration with ether yielded the title, compound as a white solid (160 mg, 31%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 5.4 (s, 2H), 7.0-7.05 (d, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (t, 1H), 7.4-7.45 (d, 1H), 7.5-7.6 (dd, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1H), 8.6 ((s, 1H), 10.1 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 504.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate imidazole and alkyl halide. Thus were obtained the compounds -described below:
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)anilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 12.11) with 2-chloroacetamide in 34% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 7.0-7.05 (d, 1H), 7.0-7.2 (bs, 2H), 7.2 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.45 (d, 1H), 7,5-7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.25 (d, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 10.1 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 522.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)anilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 12.11) with 2-bromoethylmethylether in 61% yield; NMR spectnum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 3.2 (s,.3H), 3.6-3.65 (t, 2H), 4.2-4.25 (t, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 6.9-6.95 (d, 1H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.45 (d, 1H), 7.45 (s, 1H), 7.5-7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 10.1 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 525.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)anilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 12.11) with 2-chloro-N,N-diethylacetamide in 28% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.0-1.25 (bs, 6H), 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 3.3-3.4 (q, 4H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 5.0 (s, 1H), 6.95-7.0 (d, 1H), 7.15 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (d, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.5 (dd, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.2 (s, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 10.1 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 578.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)anilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 12.11) with tert-butyl 2-bromo-acetate-in 44% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 581.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)anilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 12.11) with ethyl difluorobromoacetate in 34% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.95-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.45 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.85 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.2 (d, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (d, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.4-7.45 (d, 1H), 7.6-7.65 (dd, 1H), 7.7-8.0 (q,1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.3 (s, 1H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 10.0-10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 517.
Obtained by reacting 4-(3-fluoro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)anilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 12.12) with chloroacetonitrile in 40% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H); 2.25-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.6 -2.7 (m, 2H), 4.7-4.8 (m, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 7.1 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.25-7.3 (t, 1H), 7.4-7.42 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.45 (dd, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H),8.0-8.1 (dd, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 490.
A solution of 4-(3-chloro-4-(1-tert-butoxycarbonylmethyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)anilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (example 19.4) (100 mg) in dioxane (20 ml) was treated with an ethereal solution of hydrogen chloride (3 ml, 1M), and heated at reflux for 4 hours. The solution was cooled to give a precipitate that was filtered and washed with ether to give the title compound as a white solid (98 mg, 95%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.3-2.5 (m, 2H), 2.5-2.6 (m, 2H), 2.8 (s, 3H), 3.1-3.4 (bs, 2H), 3.4-3.7 (bs, 2H), 4.9 (s, 2H), 5.0-5.2 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.5 (d, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.6-7.7 (m, 1H), 7.9 -8.0 (t, 1H), 8.2-8.3 (bs, 1H), 8.8 (s, 1H), 10.2-10.5 (bs, 1H), 10.8-11.5 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 523.
To a solution of 4-(4-iodoanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.6) (229 mg) in anhydrous and degassed toluene (3 ml) in a pressure vial was added 2-mercaptothiazole (114 mg), cuprous bromide (15 mg) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5,4,0]undec-7-ene (152 mg). The solution was purged with nitrogen and the vial capped and then heated at 118° C. for 18 hours. The contents of the vessel were purified by chromatography using ammonia/methanol/DCM (30 ml of 2.3N ammonia in methanol, 970 ml of DCM) as eluent to give the title compound as a solid (195 mg, 87%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.5-1.7 (m, 2H), 2.1-2.2 (m, 1H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.4 (m, 1H), 2.6-2.65 (m, 1H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 1H), 3.4-3.5 (t, 1H), 3.5-3.6 (d, 1H), 4.7-4.9 (1H), 7.25-7.3 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.4 (d, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.65-7.8 (m, 4H), 7.95-8.0 (d, 2H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 10.3-10.35 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+450.
To a solution of 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) (80 mg) and 4-thiazol-2-ylsulphonylaniline (reference example 8.6) (140 mg) in anhydrous THF was added sodium hydride (100 mg, 40% dispersion in oil). The solution was stirred and heated at reflux overnight. The reaction was concentrated and the residue purified by chromatograph using ethyl acetate and then a mixture of 3% 2.3N ammonia in methanol in DCM as eluent to give the title compound as a white solid (40 mg, 28%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.9-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.3-2.4 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 4.75-4.85 (m, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (d, 1H), 7.4-7.5 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 8.0-8.1 (m, 3H), 8.1-8.2 (m, 3H), 8.65 (s, 1H), 10.4 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 482.
Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.43 g) was added to a solution of 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)aniline)-5-(1-oxo-cyclohex-4-yloxy)quinazoline acetate (reference example 47) (0.1 g) and 1-methylpiperazine (0.34 ml) in DCE (25 ml) and the reaction stirred for 16 hours. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and the residue partitioned between DCM and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution. Combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated and the residue purified by chromatography using DCM—5% ammonia (7N) in methanol as eluent to give the title compound as a white solid (24 mg, 23%); Mass Spectrum M+576.
4-Hydroxymethyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole (obtained as described in Example 1 of European Patent Appl. EP 0326640) (81 mg) was dissolved in DCM (5 ml). Di-iso-propylethylamine (122 μl) was added, and the solution cooled to 0° C. Methanesulphonyl chloride (54 μl) was added dropwise; the solution was allowed to warm to ambient temperature, and was stirred for a further 2 hours. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue dissolved in DMA (10 ml). Potassium carbonate (552 mg) was added, followed by 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) (150 mg). The mixture was briefly sonicated, then stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue partitioned between DCM and water. Combined organic extracts were filtered through a silicone-treated filter paper and evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography, using 0 to 2%0 (7:1 methanol/c. ammonia (aq)) in DCM as eluent Evaporation of the appropriate fractions followed by crystallisation of the residue from ethyl acetate/iso-hexane gave the title compound as a white crystalline solid (50 mg, 26%); NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.88-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.33 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.69 (m, 2H), 4.81 (m, 1H), 5.72 (s, 2H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.45 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.74 (dd, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H), 8.54 (s, 1H), 9.32 (s, 1H), 10.09 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+483.4.
4-(3-Chloro-4-(2-pyridylriiethoxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 4.8) (76 mg) and 2-piperidinolethanol (30 mg) were dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml) in a 10 ml pressure vessel and sodium hydride (40 mg, 60% dispersion in oil) added. The vessel was sealed and heated at 150° C. for 20 minutes, using the “Discover™ microwave synthesis system” (CEM Microwave technology Ltd). The reaction was cooled and pressure released and vessel uncapped. The solution purified by chromatography using 2.3 M ammonia/methanol in DCM (3:97) as eluent to give the title compound as a white solid after trituration with ether (25 mg, 26%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.3-1.4 (m, 2H), 1.4-1.5 (m, 4H), 2.4-2.5 (m, 4H), 2.8-2.85 (t, 2H), 4.35-4.45 (t, 2H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.55 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.8-7.9 (m, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 10.15-10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 491.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate alcohol and the 5-fluoroquinazoline. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained by reacting (1-methylpiperidin-2-yl)methanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethoxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 4.8) in 23% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.3-1.5 (m, 2H), 1.5-1.6(m, 1H), 1.6-1.7 (m, 1H), 1.7-1.8 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.3 (m,1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 4.2 (d, 1H), 4.5 (d, 1H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 7.85-7.95 (m, 2H), 8.0 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 10.3-10.4 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 491.
Obtained by reacting 2-azepan-1-ylethanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethoxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 4.8) in 46% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.4-1.5 (m, 6H), 1.5-1.6 (m, 2H), 2.7-2.8 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.1 (t, 2H), 4.35-4.4 (t, 2H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.7 (dd, 1H), 7.75 (t, 1H), 7.8-7.9 (t, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+505.
Obtained by reacting 2-morpholinoethanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethoxyanilno)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 4.8) in 42% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.8-2.9 (m, 6H), 3.3-3.4 (m, 4H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.7 (dd, 1H), 7.75 (t, 1H), 7.8-7.9 (t, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass Suectrum MH+493.
Obtained by reacting 2-pyrrolidinoethanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethoxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 4.8) in 44% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.6-1.7 (m, 4H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 4H), 3.0 (t, 2H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.75 (m, 2H), 7.8-7.9 (t, 1H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 10.3 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+475.
Obtained by reacting 3-morpholinopropanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethoxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 4.8) in 15% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.1-2.2 (m, 2H), 2.3-2.4 (m, 4H), 2.5-2.6 (m, 2H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 4H), 4.4 (t, 2H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.5-7.6(m, 2H), 7.75 (t, 1H), 7.8-7.9 (t, 1H), 8.05 (s, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 9.9 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 507.
Obtained by reacting 3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)propanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(2-pyridyhnethoxyanilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 4.8) in 13% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.1-2.2 (m, 2H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.25-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.35-2.45 (m, 4H), 2.5-2.6 (m, 2H), 4.4-4.45 (t, 4H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 7.55-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.7-7.75 (t, 1H), 7.8-7.85 (t, 1H), 8.05 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H), 9.9 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 520.
Obtained by reacting (1-methylpiperidin-2-yl)methanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) in 17% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.3-1.6 (m, 4H), 1.6-1.8 (m, 2H), 2.2-2.3 (dt, 1H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.4-2.6 (m, 2H), 4.2 (dd, 1H), 4.5 (dd, 1H), 5.25 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.1-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.3 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.4 (m, 3H), 7.4-7.5 (m, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (t, 1H), 7.9-7.95 (dd, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 10.4 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 508.
Obtained by reacting 2-pyrrolidinoethanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) in 22% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 1.6-1.7 (m, 4H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 4H), 3.0-3.1 (m, 2H), 4.4-4.5 (m, 2H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1-7.2 (m, 2H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.5 (m, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (m, 2H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H) 10.3 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 493.
Obtained by reacting 3-morpholinopropanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) in 22% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.1-2.2 (m, 2H), 2.4-2.45 (m, 4H), 2.5-2.6 (m, 2H), 3.55-3.6 (m, 4H), 4.4-4.45 (t, 2H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1-7.2 (m, 2H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.4 (m, 3H), 7.45-7.5 (m, 1H), 7.6-7.7 (m, 1H), 7.8-7.9 (t, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H) 10.0 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 524.
Obtained by reacting 2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)ethanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) in 22% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 508.
Obtained by reacting 2-morpholinoethanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) in 25% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6, 373K) 2.5-2.6 (m, 4H), 2.9-3.0 (m, 2H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 4H),4.4-4.5 (m, 2H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 7.1-7.2 (m, 2H), 7.3 (d, 1H), 7.3-7.35 (m, 3H), 7.35-7.4 (m, 1H), 7.7-7.8 (m, 2H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+ 510.
Obtained by reacting 3-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)propanol with 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 33) in 13% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+ 537.
The compounds in Table 1 were prepared as follows:
A stock solution of 4-(3-chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methypiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) (335 mg) in DMF (7.92 ml) was prepared, and 100 μl aliquots transferred to a 96 well plate. Using a resin loader, potassium carbonate (300 mg) was distributed evenly across the plate. An appropriate benzyl or heteroarylmethyl chloride (0.11 mM) were dissolved in DMP (1 ml) and 100 μl of each solution transferred to the plate. The plate was agitated at 25° C. for 16 hours. To each well was added DMF (100 μL) and trisamine scavenger resin (726 mg) by using the resin loader to distribute evenly across the wells. The plate was agitated for 3 hours at 25° C. Each well was filtered to remove resin and inorganic material and the remaining filtrates were concentrated in vacuo. DMSO (550 μl) was added to each well and aliquots of 50 μl were then taken from each well for LCMS purity determination. LCMS purity was determined on a Phenomenex Synergi column (reverse phase silica, 50×2 mm, flow rate 1.1 ml/minute), eluting with acetonitrile-water containing formic acid (0.05%) on a gradient from 5-95% over 4.5 minutes, with UV detection at 254 mn. There was thus obtained the compound shown in bold in Table 1.
Pharmaceutical Composition
The following illustrates a representative pharmaceutical dosage forms of the invention as defined herein (the active ingredient being termed “Compound X”), for therapeutic or prophylactic use in humans:
The above formulations may be obtained by conventional procedures well known in the pharmaceutical art. For example the tablet may be prepared by blending the components together and compressing the mixture into a tablet.
Starting Materials
The starting materials used in the examples were prepared as follows.
Sodium hydride (4.1 g, 60%) was added in portions to 4-hydroxy-1-methylpiperidine (10.7 g) in DMA (125 ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, 50° C. for 15 minutes then allowed to cool to room temperature. 5-Fluoro-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one (5.1 g) was added in a single portion, and the mixture heated at 80° C. for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled, concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in methanol. DOWEX H+ ion exchange resin (75 g) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was then filtered and the resin washed with methanol. The resin was then suspended in ammonia (7N solution in methanol) and this mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was then filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid after trituration with ether (7.3 g, 91%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.72 (m, 2H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.19 (m, 2H), 2.63 (m, 2H), 4.46 (m, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 11.75 (bs, 1H).
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate alcohol. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 1-(tert-butoxycarbonyl-4-hydroxypiperidine in 87% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.39 (s, 9H), 1.6-1.87 (m, 4H), 3.32-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 7.08 (d, 1H), 7.17 (d, 1H), 7.64 (t, 1H) 8.84 (s, 1H), 11.80 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+346.
Obtained from tetrahydropyran-4-ol in 27% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.61-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.84-2.00 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.97 (m, 2H), 4.65-4.78 (m, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 247.
Obtained from tetrahydrofuran-3-ol in 71% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.98-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.26 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.98 (m, 4H), 5.02-5.10 (m, 1H), 6.96 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.61 (t, 1H), 7.93 (s, 1H), 11.8 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 233.
Obtained from 1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-ol (reference example 46) in 45 yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.48 (m, 2H), 1.70-2.00 (m, 6H), 3.85 (s, 4H), 4.63 (m, 1H), 7.03 (d, 1H), 7.14 (d, 1H), 7.60 (t, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H), 11.74 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum M-H+ 301.
Phosphorus oxychloride (3.59 ml) was added to a solution of 5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one (1.0 g) (Reference Example 1) and di-iso-propylethylamine (2.01 ml) in DCM (70 ml), and the resulting solution heated at reflux for 16 hours. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate and cooled to 0° C. Cold saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution was added and the two-phase mixture stirred at 0° C. for 15 minutes. The organic layer was separated, dried and concentrated in vacuo to yield the title compound as a yellow solid (0.665 g, 62%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.10 (m, 2H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 7.62 (d, 1H), 7.81 (t, 1H), 8.93 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum M30 278.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate 3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 5-(1-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-3,4-dihydroquinazoline (reference example 1.1) in 66% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.38 (s, 9H), 1.58-1.90 (m, 4H), 3.30-3.60 (m, 4H), 4.82 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.74 (t, 1H), 8.33 (s, 1H).
To a suspension of 5-fluoro-3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one (0.5 g) in thionyl chloride (5 ml) was added DMF (0.2 ml). The mixture was heated at reflux under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 3 hours. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo, the residue re-suspended in dry toluene, and evaporated again. The residue was dried in vacuo to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (634 mg, 95%), which was used without further manipulation.
To a solution of 4-(azepan-1-ylcarbonyl)-3-chloroaniline (reference example 11.1) (126.4 mg) in IPA (3 ml) was added 4-chloro-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 3) (131 mg). The mixture was heated at reflux, under an atmosphere of nitrogen, for 1 hour producing a precipitate. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the product filtered off, washed with IPA, diethyl ether and dried in vacuo to yield the title compound (199 mg, 100%); NMR spectrum DMSO-d6) 1.54 (bs, 6H), 1.72 (bs, 2H), 3.21 (bs, 2H), 3.58 (bs, 2H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.62-7.72 (m, 2H), 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 8.07 (m, 1H), 8.89 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+399.
The procedure described above was-repeated using the appropriate aniline and 4-chloroquinazoline. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-fluoroquinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 3) and 5-amino-1-(3-fluorobenzyl)indazole (obtained as described in PCT Int. Appl. WO9802438) in 66% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 5.74 (s, 2H), 7.00-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.67 (dd, 1H), 7.77 (d, 1H), 7.82 (d, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 8.06 (m, 1H), 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.77, (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 383.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-chloro-4-hydroxyaniline in 60% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.9 (m, 2H), 2.1 (m, 5H), 2.3 (m, 2H), 2.6 (m, 2H), 4.8 (m, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 1H), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 8.4 (s, 1H), 10.0 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 385.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 3-fluoro4-hydroxyaniline in 87% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+369.
Obtained by reacting 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 5-aminoindole in 55% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.80-2.00 (m, 4H), 2.10-2.20 (m+s, 5H), 2.27 (m, 2H), 2.62 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 6.42 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.28 (m, 2H), 7.35 (m, 1H), 7.40 (d, 1H), 7.67 (t, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.42 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+374.
Obtained from 2-(4-amino-2-chlorophenoxy)acetonitrile (reference example 9.4) and 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) in 96% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.10-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.32-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 3.03-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.40-3.60 (m, 2H), 4.98 (m, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 7.28 (d, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.65 (d, 1H), 7.76 (dd, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.95 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+424.
Obtained from 4-iodoaniline and 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) in 67% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.8-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.1-2.3 (m, 4H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.6-2.7 (m, 2H), 4.7-4.85 (m, 1H), 7.2-7.25 (d, 1H), 7.35-7.4 (d, 1H), 7.6-7.8 (m, 5H), 8.5 (s, 1H), 10.15-10.2 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 461.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and 4-amino-2-chloro-5-fluorophenol (reference example 8.7) in 83% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+495.
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-fluoroquinazoline hydrochloride (reference example 3) and 3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethoxy)aniline (obtained as described in PCT Int. Appl. (1996) WO 9615118) in 78% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 381.
Titanium (III) chloride (10 wt. % in 20-30% aq. HCl, 6.5 ml) was added to a solution of 3-chloro-1-nitro-4-(3-pyridyloxy)benzene (0.25 g) (reference example 14) in acetone (18 ml) and water (3.6 ml) containing ammonium acetate (1.6 g) and the solution stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and 880 ammonia solution. Combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to give the title compound (0.15 g, 68%); Mass spectrum MH+ 221.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate nitro compound. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(3-fluorophenoxy)-1-nitrobenzene (reference example 14.1) in 65% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 238.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(2,3-difluorophenoxy)-1-nitrobenzene (reference example 14.2) in 62% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 256.
Obtained from 3-methyl-4-(N-(2-pyridylmethyl)amino)nitrobenzene (reference example 15.1) in 71% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.07 (s, 3H), 4.13 (s, 2H), 4.17 (d, 2H), 4.88 (t, 1H), 6.14 (d, 1H), 6.21 (dd, 1H), 6.36 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (dd, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.68 (ddd, 1H), 8.50 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 214.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-[N-methyl-N-(2-pyridyl)amino]nitrobenzene (reference example 16) in 95% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 3.23 (s, 3H), 5.50 (s, 2H), 6.04 (d, 1H), 6.57 (dd, 1H), 6.59 (dd, 1H), 6.74 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 7.35 (ddd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 236.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylamino)nitrobenzene (reference example 16.1) in 60% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 5.23 (s, 2H), 6.44 (d, 1H), 6.51 (dd, 1H), 6.58 (dd, 1H), 6.68 (dd, 1H), 7.16 (d, 1H), 7.42 (ddd, 1H), 7.92 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+222.
Obtained from 3-methyl-4-(2-pyridylamino)nitrobenzene (reference example 16.2) in 96% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.01 (s, 3H), 4.88 (s, 2H), 6.28 (d, 1H), 6.39 (dd, 1H), 6.46 (d, 1H), 6.51 (dd, 1H), 6.87 (d, 1H), 7.37 (ddd, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+200.
Obtained from 3-methyl4-[N-methyl-N-(2-pyridyl)amino]nitrobenzene (reference example 16.3) in 89% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.90 (s, 3H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 5.96 (d, 1H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 6.48 (dd, 1H), 6.50 (d, 1H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 7.30 (ddd, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 214.
A solution of 3-chloro-5-nitro-1-(2-pyridylmethyl)indole (reference example 13) (2.5 g) in ethanol (130 ml) was stirred at room temperature. Sodium dithionite (7.6 g) in water (18 ml) was added, and the mixture was heated to 50° C. for 5 hours, then cooled to room temperature. The ethanol was removed in vacuo, and the residue was partitioned between DCM and water. The DCM layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, then concentrated in vacuo to give the crude material, which was purified by column chromatography using 50% DCM in hexane then neat DCM to give the title compound as an orange solid (488 mg, 23%); NMR Spectrum (CDCl3) 3.53 (s, 2H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 6.61 (dd, 1H), 6.68 (d, 1H), 6.86 (d, 1H), 7.01 (d, 1H), 7.04 (s, 1H), 7.11 (dd, 1H), 7.47 (dt, 1H), 8.55 (m, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+258.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate aryl nitro compound. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 3-chloro-5-nitro-1-(2-pyridylmethyl)indazole (reference example 13.1) in 24% yield; NMR Spectrum (CDCl3) 3.3 (bs, 2H), 6.65 (dd, 1H), 6.77 (m, 1H), 6.84 -7.02 (m, 5H), 7.24 (m, 1H).
Obtained from 3-fluoro-4-(1-methyl-1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)nitrobenzene (reference example 43) in 86% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 224.
Obtained from 3-fluoro-4-(1-methyl-1H-3,4-triazol-2-ylthio)nitrobenzene (reference example 43.1) in 14% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 225.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylthio)nitrobenzene (reference example 44) in 21% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 237.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(2-pytimidinylthio)nitrobenzene (reference example 44.1) in 27%; Mass spectrum MH+ 238.
1-Benzenesulphonyl-5-nitroindole (reference example 26) (0.3 g) and 10% Pd/C (30 mg) in ethyl acetate/ethanol (9:1, 20 ml) were stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. The reaction was filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a beige solid (0.18 g, 67%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.9 (bs, 2H), 6.6 (m, 3H), 7.6 (m, 5H), 7.8 (d, 2H); Mass spectrum MH+ 273.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate nitro aryl compound. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 1-benzyl-5-nitroindole (reference example 26.1) in 61% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.5 (bs, 2H), 5.2 (s, 2H), 6.2 (d, 1H), 6.4 (dd, 1H), 6.6 (s, 1H), 7.1 (d, 1H), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.3 (m, 4H); Mass spectrum MH+ 223.
To a solution of 2-chloro-4-nitro-1-phenoxybenzene (reference example 14.3) (1.76 g) in ethyl acetate/ethanol (105 ml, 9.5:1) was added 10% Pt/C (135 mg). The resulting solution was subjected to a hydrogen atmosphere for 18 hours at room temperature. The catalyst was then filtered off and the solvent concentrated in vacuo to give a yellow oil which was purified by flash chromatography eluting with 10-15% ethyl acetate/iso-hexane to give the title compound as a clear oil (1.15 g, 74%); NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 5.28 (bs, 2H), 6.54 (dd, 1H), 6.71 (d, 1H), 6.78 (d, 2H), 6.88 (d, 1H), 6.98 (tt, 1H), 7.28 (t, 2H); Mass Spectrum MH+220.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate nitro compound. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 2-chloro-1-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)-4-nitrobenzene (reference example 18) in 75% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.91 (s, 2H), 5.01 (s, 2H), 6.45 (dd, 1H), 6.63 (s, 1H), 6.89 (d, 1H), 7.12 (t, 1H), 7.24 (t, 2H), 7.40 (m, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+252.
Obtained from tert-butyl 2-chloro-4-nitrobenzoate (reference example 20.1) in 75% yield; NMR Spectrum (CDCl3) 1.58 (s, 9H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 6.51 (dd, 1H), 6.66 (d, 1H), 7.68 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum M+227.
Obtained from 3-(2-chloro-4-nitrophenoxymethyl)-1,5-dimethylpyrazole (reference example 40) in 99% yield; NMR data (DMSO-d6) 2.3 (s, 3H), 3.7 (s, 3H), 4.9 (s, 2H), 5.2 (bs, 2H), 6.1 (s, 1H), 6.5 (m, 1H), 6.7 (d, 1H), 7.0 (d, 1H), 8.6 (bs, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+252.
Obtained from 3-(2-chloro-4-nitrophenoxymethyl)-1-methylpyrazole (reference example 40.1) in 87% yield; NMR data (DMSO-d6) 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.9 (s, 4H), 6.3 (d, 1H), 6.4 (m, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 252.
Obtained from 3-fluoro4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)nitrobenzene (reference example 44.3) in 98% yield.
Obtained from 4-(thiazol-2-ylsulphonyl)nitrobenzene (reference example 45) in 79% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 240.
Obtained from 2-chloro-5-fluoro-4-nitrophenol (reference example 49) in 100% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 4.2-4.8 (bs, 2H), 6.6-6.7 (d, 1H), 6.75-6.8 (d, 1H), 9.3 (s, 1H).
To a stirred suspension of tert-butyl 2-ethynyl4-nitrobenzoate (reference example 22) (8.76 g) in a mixture of acetic acid (110 ml) and water (11 ml) was added iron (reduced by hydrogen, 8.63 g) in portions, with cooling in a cold water bath. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo, the residue treated with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and extracted with DCM. The organic extract was dried and evaporated in vacuo to give a brown solid. This was purified by column chromatography using DCM/ethyl acetate (97/3 to 95/5) as eluent to give the title compound (7.30 g, 95%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.59 (s, 9H), 3.30 (s, 1H), 3.97 (s, 2H), 6.60 (dd, 1H), 6.83 (d, 1H), 7.77 (d, 1H).
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate nitro compound. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(2-pyridylmethyl)amino)nitrobenzene (reference example 15) in 58% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.34 (d, 2H), 4.54 (s, 2H), 5.36 (t, 1H), 6.37 (m, 2H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 7.26 (dd, 1H), 7.33 (d, 1H), 7.73 (dd, 1H), 8.54 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 236.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(2-pyrimidinylmethoxy)nitrobenzene (reference example 14.4) in 93% yield; Mass spectrum M-H+ 266.
Obtained from 4-(2-aminothiazol-4-ylmethoxy)-3-chloronitrobenzene (reference example 34) (80 mg) in 85% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.74 (s, 2), 4.89 (bs, 2H), 6.46 (dd, 1H), 6.51 (s, 1H), 6.63 (d, 1H), 6.91 (d, 1H), 6.92 (s, 2H); Mass spectrum MH+256.
Obtained from 2-(2-chloro-4-nitrophenoxy)acetonitrile (reference example 18.6) in 96% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.99 (s, 2H), 5.11 (bs, 2H), 6.49 (dd, 1H), 6.64 (d, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H).
Obtained from 5-(2-chloro-4-nitrophenoxymethyl)-3-methylisoxazole (reference example 40.2) in 8% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.2 (s, 3H), 5.0 (s, 2H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.4 (s, 1H), 6.5 (m, 1H), 6.6 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 239.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(1H-imidazol-2-ylthio)nitrobenzene (reference example 44.2) in 76% yield.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-(2-thiazolylthio)nitrobenzene (reference example 44.5) in 56% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 243.
3-Chloro-4-((3-fluorophenylamino)methyl)nitrobenzene (reference example 19) (50 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (2 ml). Saturated ammonium chloride (0.2 ml) was added, and the mixture heated to reflux. Indium metal powder (100 mesh, 143 mg) was added, and the mixture stirred at reflux for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, made basic with concentrated aqueous ammonia solution, and filtered through a bed of diatomaceous earth. The diatomaceous earth was washed with a 1:1 mixture of DCM and methanol containing 1% concentrated aqueous ammonia solution (20 ml). The combined filtrates were evaporated, and the residue partitioned between water and DCM. The organic layer was evaporated, and the residue purified by chromatography, using 15% ethyl acetate in iso-hexane as eluent to give the title compound as an orange oil (20 mg, 45%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.10 (d, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.20-6.30 (m, 3H), 6.37 (d, 1H), 6.45 (dd, 1H), 6.60 (d, 1H), 6.95-7.05 (m, 2H).
To 3-chloro-1-nitro-4-(8-quinolylthio)benzene (reference example 17) (26 g) was added ethanol (5.0 ml) and tin (II) chloride (2.20 g). This was heated to 80° C. for 15 minutes, then allowed to cool overnight. The mixture was made basic with 880 ammonia solution, and the product extracted into ethyl acetate (3×15 ml), after centrifuging. The solvent was removed in vacuo to yield the title compound (0.203 mg, 86%); Mass spectrum MH+ 286.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate nitro compound. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 1-(2-chloro-4-nitrobenzoyl)azepane (reference example 25) in 73% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.48-1.74 (m, 6H), 1.74-1.92 (m, 2H), 3.23-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.35-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.85 (s, 2H), 6.54 (dd, 1H), 6.68 (d, 1H), 7.02 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 253.
N-Chlorosuccinimide (1.65 g) was added in portions to a solution of 5-nitroindole (2.00 g) in DMF (20 ml). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The pale brown solution was poured into water (200 ml) to give a yellow precipitate which was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuo to give the title compound as a yellow solid (2.40 g, 99%). Mass spectrum M-H+ 195.
Picolyl chloride hydrochloride (3.26 g) was added to a stirred mixture of 3-chloro-5-nitroindole (reference example 12) (1.97 g) and potassium carbonate (13.8 g) in DMF (50 ml). The mixture was heated to 50° C. and stirred for 2 hours, after which time the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM, then washed with water, and dried over sodium sulphate to give the product as a yellow solid (2.53 g, 88%); NMR Spectrum (CDCl3) 5.43 (s, 2H), 6.90 (d, 1H), 7.23 (dd, 1H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, 1H), 7.62 (dt, 1H), 8.12 (dd, 1H), 8.60 (m, 2H).
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate indazole. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 3-chloro-5-nitroindazole in 74% yield; NMR Spectrum (CDCl3) 5.32 (s, 2H), 6.80 (d, 1H), 6.89 (d, 1H), 7.01 (dt, 1H), 7.28 (m, 3H), 8.12 (dd, 1H), 8.61 (d, 1H).
To a stirred solution of 3-hydroxypyridine (1.05 g) in DMA (25 ml) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added sodium hydride (0.44 g, 60% suspension in oil). The solution was stirred at ambient temperature for two hours. To this solution was added 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene (1.75 g) and the solution was stirred and heated at 90° C. for four hours. The solution was cooled and poured into water (120 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with water, brine, and dried with anhydrous magnesium sulphate. Evaporation of the solvent gave a solid, which was recrystallised from a mixture of ethyl acetate/iso-hexane to give the title compound as a yellow solid (2.15 g, 86%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 6.95-6.98 (dd, 1H), 7.4 (d, 2H), 8.1 (dd, 1H), 8.4 (d, 1H), 8.5-8.7 (d, 2H); Mass spectrum MH+ 251.
The procedure described above was repeated using 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene and the appropriate phenol or alcohol. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene and 3-fluorophenol in 43% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 6.8-6.9 (m, 2H), 6.95-7.0 (m, 2), 7.3-7.45 (m, 1H), 8.1 (dd, 1H), 8.4 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 266.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene and 2,3-difluorophenol in 55% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3); 6.8-6.9 (dd, 1H), 6.9-7.0 (m, 1H), 7.1-7.2 (m, 2H), 8.0-8.1 (dd, 1H), 8.4 (t, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 284.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene and phenol in 42% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 7.02 (d, 1H), 7.18 (dt, 2H), 7.30 (tt, 1H), 7.49 (t, 2H), 8.16 (dd, 1H), 8.44 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum M-H+248.
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene and pyrimidine-2-methanol (reference example 27) in 36% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 5.60 (s, 2H), 7.30 (d, 1H), 7.47 (t, 1H), 8.14 (dd, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H), 8.82 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 266.
A mixture of 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene (1.76 g), 2-(aminomethyl)pyridine (1.03 ml) and di-iso-propylethylamine (1.74 ml) was dissolved in acetonitrile (60 ml) and heated overnight at reflux. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and the resulting solid was collected by filtration and washed with diethyl ether, giving the title compound as a yellow solid (2.21 g, 84%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.66 (d, 2H), 6.73 (d, 1H), 7.30 (dd, 1H), 7.33 (dd, 1H), 7.59 (t, 1H), 7.78 (ddd, 1H), 8.00 (dd, 1H), 8.19 (d, 1H), 8.56 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 266.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate amine and fluoronitro compound. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 4-fluoro-3-methylnitrobenzene and 2-(aminomethyl)pyridine in 6% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.26 (s, 3H), 4.58 (d, 2H), 6.48 (d, 1H), 7.17 (t, 1H), 7.28 (dd, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.76 (ddd, 1H), 7.88 (dd, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 8.55 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+244.
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion, 200 mg) was suspended in DMA (25 ml), and 2-(methylamino)pyridine (513 μl) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at room temperature. 3-Chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene (878 mg) was added as a solution in DMA (5 ml), causing a dark red solution to form. The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature, quenched by the careful addition of water, acidified with acetic acid, and the pH adjusted to pH 8 with concentrated aqueous ammonia solution. The mixture was poured into water (200 ml), and extracted with DCM (3×100 ml). The combined extractions were filtered through a phase separating filter paper, and evaporated to give a brown oil, which was purified by chromatography, usin 15% ethyl acetate in iso-hexane as eluent to give the title compound as a yellow solid (226 mg, 17%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 3.17 (s, 3H), 6.57 (d, 1H), 6.78 (dd, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.70 (d, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.24 (dd, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 266.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate fluoronitrobenzene and aminopyridine. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene and 2-aminopyridine in 16% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 7.04 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.76 (ddd, 1H), 8.16 (dd, 1H), 8.30 (d, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H), 8.61 (d, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 252.
Obtained from 4-fluoro-3-methylnitrobenzene and 2-aminopyridine in 36% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.39 (s, 3H), 6.92 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (d, 1H), 7.68 (ddd, 1H), 8.00 (dd, 1H), 8.06 (d, 1H), 8.21 (d, 1H), 8.31 (d, 1H), 8.51 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 230.
Obtained from 4-fluoro-3-methylnitrobenzene and 2-(methylamino)pyridine in 39% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.12 (s, 3H), 3.32 (s, 3H), 6.36 (d, 1H), 6.71 (dd, 1H), 7.48 (d, 1H), 7.49,(ddd, 1H), 8.10 (m, 2H), 8.20 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 244.
8-Quinolinethiol (0.32 g) was dissolved in DMF (4 ml) under argon. To this was added sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amine (2.2 ml, 1.0M in TBF) and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. To this was added a solution of 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene (0.35 g) in DMF (0.5 ml), and stirring continued at room temperature overnight. The solution was then poured into water (20 ml) and stirred for 30 minutes. The resulting solid was filtered off, washed with water (5 ml) then with a 1:1 mix of ethyl acetate/iso-hexane (6 ml) and dried in vacuo to yield the title compound (0.26 g, 41%); Mass spectrum MH+ 317.
To a solution of 2-chloro-4-nitrophenol (20.0 g) in acetone (400 ml) was added potassium carbonate (47.76 g) followed by the dropwise addition of 3-fluorobenzylbromide (32.67 g) over 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 16 hours and filtered to remove insoluble material. The solvent was then concentrated in vacuo and the solid remaining was purified by flash chromatography, using 30-80% DCM/iso-hexane as eluent to give the title compound (30.96 g, 95%); NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 5.39 (s, 2H), 7.18 (t, 1H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 8.23 (dd, 1H), 8.32 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum M-H+280.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate phenol and alkyl chloride or bromide. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-nitrobenzene (obtained as described in J. Org. Chem. 1990, 55, 5287-5291) and 2-fluorobenzyl bromide (0.39 g) in 85% yield; Mass Spectrum M-H+372.
Obtained by reacting 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-nitrobenzene and 3-fluorobenzyl bromide in 99% yield; Mass Spectrum M-H+372.
Obtained by reacting 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-nitrobenzene and 2,6-difluorobenzyl bromide in 100% yield; Mass Spectrum M-H+390.
Obtained by reacting 4hydroxy-3-iodo-nitrobenzene and 4-chloromethylthiazole hydrochloride in 100% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+363.
Obtained by reacting 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-nitrobenzene and 3-chloromethyl-5-methylisoxazole in 74% yield; Mass Spectrum M-H+359.
Obtained by reacting 2-chloro-4-nitrophenol and chloroacetonitrile in 39% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 4.96 (s, 2H), 7.15 (d, 1H), 8.22 (dd, 1H), 8.36 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum M-H+211.
2-Chloro-4-nitrobenzyl bromide (501 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (30 ml). Di-iso-propylethylamine (348 μl) and 3-fluoroaniline (192 μl) were added, and the mixture heated at reflux overnight. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue purified by chromatography, using 15 to 25% ethyl acetate in iso-hexane as eluent to give the title compound as a brown oil (470 mg, 84%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.42 (d, 2H), 6.25-6.38 (m, 3H), 6.74 (t, 1H), 7.05 (dd, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 8.17 (dd, 1H), 8.38 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 283.
A solution of 2-bromo-4-nitrobenzoic acid (1.66 g) in TBF (8 ml) was stirred in a nitrogen atmosphere, carbonyl diimidazole (1.37 g) added and the mixture stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to 40° C., tert-butanol (0.98 g) and DBU (1.03 g) were added and stirring at 40° C. continued overnight. Ether was added to the cooled solution and the solution washed with 10% aqueous HCl, water, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and brine. The ether solution was dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give an oil, which was purified by chromatography using DCM as eluent to give the title compound (1.41 g, 69%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.56 (s, 9H), 7.87 (d, 1H), 8.27 (dd, 1H), 8.45 (d, 1H).
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate benzoic acid. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained in 81% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.63 (s, 9H), 7.84 (d, 1H), 8.13 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum M+ 257.
A solution of tert-butyl 2-bromo-4-nitrobenzoate (reference example 20) (10.8 g) in triethylamine (85 ml) was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere, (trimethylsilyl)acetylene (4.27 g) was added followed by bis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II) chloride (0.34 g) and the mixture stirred at 80° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered, the residue washed with ethyl acetate and the combined washings and filtrate evaporated in vacuo, The resulting oil was dissolved in ethyl acetate and heated briefly at reflux with decolourising charcoal. The charcoal was removed by filtration and the solvent removed in vacuo to give a brown oil. This was purified by column chromatography, eluting with iso-hexane/ethyl acetate (95/5) to give the title compound (10.70 g, 94%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 0.21 (s, 9H), 1.57 (s, 9H), 7.80 (d, 1H), 8.07 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H).
A solution of tert-butyl 4-nitro-2-(trimethylsilylethynyl)benzoate (reference example 21) (12.54 g) in methanol (250 ml) was treated with potassium carbonate (25.0 g) and stirred for 15 minutes. The mixture was poured into water, extracted with ethyl acetate, the extracts dried, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product. This was purified by chromatography, using iso-hexane/ethyl acetate (9/1) to give the title compound (8.77 g, 90%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.63 (s, 9H), 3.49 (s, 1), 7.99 (d, 1H), 8.18 (dd, 1H), 8.40 (d, 1H).
To a solution of 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) (1.2 g) and tert-butyl 4-amino-2-chlorobenzoate (reference example 8.2) (0.98 g) in DMA (60 ml) was added HCl in dioxane (4.0M, 3.0 ml) and the mixture heated at 80° C. for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled, diluted with acetone and the resulting precipitate filtered off and dried. The crude product was purified by chromatography, using DCM/methanol/880 NH4OH (100/8/1) as eluent, to give the title compound (1.04 g, 52%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.54 (s, 9H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 4H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.38 (d, 1H), 7.65 (dd, 1H), 7.78 (m, 2H), 8.34 (d, 1H), 8.64 (s, 1H), 10.36 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+469.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate aniline and chloroquinazoline. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) and tert-butyl 4-amino-2-ethynylbenzoate (reference example 9) in 57% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.62 (s, 9H), 2.07 (m, 2H), 2.31 (m, 4H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.84 (m, 2H), 3.39 (s, 1H), 4.65 (m, 1H), 6.95 (d, 1H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 7.64 (t, 1H), 7.91 (dd, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 8.08 (d, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 10.29 (1, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 459.
A solution of tert-butyl 2-chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)benzoate (reference example 23) (1.04 g) in 2N HCl (50 ml) was stirred at 50° C. for 2 hours and allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was diluted with acetone and the resulting precipitate filtered and dried to give the title compound (1.00 g, 100%); Mass spectrum MH+413.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate tert-butyl ester. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from tert-butyl 2-ethynyl-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)benzoate hydrochloride (reference example 23.1) in 91% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 403.
To a solution of 2-chloro-4-nitrobenzoic acid (4.02 g) and triethylamine (2.20 g) in DCM (150 ml) was added O-(7-azabenztriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (8.36 g). This mixture was stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of nitrogen for 3 hours. Hexamethyleneimine (2.18 g) was added and this mixture stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography using 0-10% ethyl acetate in DCM as eluent to give the title compound as a colourless oil which crystallised upon standing (5.09 g, 90%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.53-1.77 (m, 6H), 1.79-1.93 (m, 2H), 3.15-3.27 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.84 (m, 2H), 7.48 (d, 1H), 8.18 (dd, 1H), 8.30 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 283.
5-Nitroindole (2 g) was added to sodium hydride (1.98 g) in THF at 0° C. over 15 minutes to give a red solution. Once effervescence had subsided, benzene sulphonyl chloride (1.73 ml) was added dropwise over 5 minutes to give an orange suspension. After 30 minutes a further amount of benzene sulphonyl chloride (0.47 ml) was added to give a yellow suspension. The THF was removed in vacuo and water was added to give a yellow solid. This was filtered and dried in vacuo to afford the title compound as a yellow solid (4.33 g, >100%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 7.0 (d, 1H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 7.7 (m, 1H), 8.0 (m, 3H), 8.2 (m, 2H), 8.6 (d, 1H).
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate alkylating agent. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained in >100% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 5.5 (s, 2H), 6.8 (d, 1H), 7.2 (m, 5H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 7.8 (d, 1H), 8.0 (dd, 1H), 8.6 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum M-H+ 251.
Sodium borohydride (0.28 g) was added in a single portion to a stirred solution of methyl pyrimidine-2-carboxylate (1 g) in ethanol (50 ml). The reaction was stirred for 4 hours, then water (4 ml) added and the reaction stirred overnight. The resulting solid was filtered and the filtrate concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography using DCM—10% methanol as eluent to give the title compound as a colourless liquid (0.28 g, 35%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 3.74 (bs, 1H), 4.83 (d, 1H), 7.22 (dt, 1H), (8.75 (d, 2H); Mass Spectrum MH+111.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate ester. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 3-ethoxycarbonylisoxazole (reference example 41) in 93% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.50 (bs, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 6.42 (d, 1H), 8.37 (d, 1H).
Obtained from 3-methylisoxazole-5-carboxylic acid methyl ester (reference example 41) in 73% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.2 (s, 3H), 4.9 (s, 2H), 5.5 (t, 1H), 6.2 (s, 1H).
Benzyl bromide (0.22 ml) was added to 4-hydroxy-3-iodo-nitrobenzene (0.5 g) and potassium carbonate (0.86 g) in DMF (10 ml) and the reaction stirred overnight. To the resulting suspension was added trimethylsilylacetylene (0.77 ml), copper(I)iodide (7 mg), bis(triphenylphosphine)-dichloropalladium (26 mg) and triethylamine (2 ml) under nitrogen and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Methanol was added to the reaction, and stirring was continued for a further hour, before concentration in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography using DCM—25% iso-hexane as eluent to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.1 g, 21%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 4.47 (s, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 7.30-7.50 (m, 6H), 8.23 (m, 2H); Mass Spectrum M-H+252.
To a solution of 4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)-3-iodo-nitrobenzene (0.49 g) (reference example 18.1) in acetonitrile (10 ml) was added trimethylsilylacetylene (0.54 ml), copper(I)iodide (5 mg), bis(triphenylphosphine)-dichloropalladium (18 mg) and triethylamine (10 ml) under nitrogen and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction was concentrated ini vacuo and the residue purified by chromatography using DCM as eluent to give the title compound as a yellow solid (0.33 g, 73%); Mass Spectrum M-H+342.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate iodobenzene. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)-3-iodo-nitrobenzene (reference example 18.2); Mass Spectrum M-H+342.
Obtained from 4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)-3-iodo-nitrobenzene (reference example 18.3); Mass Spectrum M-H+360.
Obtained from 3-iodo-4-(thiazol-4-ylmethyloxy)-nitrobenzene (reference example 18.4) in 60% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+333.
Obtained from 3-iodo-4-(5-methylisoxazol-3-ylmethyloxy)-nitrobenzene (reference example 18.5) in 86% yield; Mass Spectrum MH+333.
A solution of 4-(2-fluorobenzyloxy)-3-(trimethylsilylethynyl)nitrobenzene (310 mg) (reference example 29) and 10% Pt/C in ethyl acetate I ethanol (9:1, 10 ml) was stirred under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 20 mins. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solution concentrated in vacuo to give a green solid. This was dissolved in methanol (100 ml) and DCM (50 ml), potassium carbonate (0.375 g) added and the solution stirred for 30 mins. The reaction was filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography using DCM as eluent to give the title compound as a yellow oil (0.13 g, 62%, 2 steps); Mass Spectrum MH+283.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate nitrobenzene. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)-3-(trimethylsilylethynyl)nitrobenzene (reference example 29.1); Mass Spectrum MH+283.
Obtained from 4-(2,6-difluorobenzyloxy)-3-(trimethylsilylethynyl)nitrobenzene (reference example 29.2); Mass Spectrum MH+301.
Obtained from 4-thiazol-4-ylmethyloxy)-3-(trimethylsilylethynyl)nitrobenzene (reference example 29.3); Mass Spectrum MH+231.
Obtained from 4-(5-methylisoxazol-3-ylmethoxy)-3-(trimethylsilylethynyl)nitrobenzene (reference example 29.4; Mass Spectrum MH+229.
Thionyl chloride (5 ml) was added to 3-hydroxymethylisoxazole (reference example 27.1) (0.5 g), followed by DMF (0.1 ml). The reaction was heated at 100° C. for 3 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between DCM and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (T<5° C.). Combined organic extracts were washed with water, dried and concentrated to give the title compound as a brown oil (0.163 g, 28%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 4.63 (s, 2H), 6.45 (d, 1H), 8.40 (m, 1H).
Triethylamine (2.21 ml) in ether (13 ml) was added dropwise to a solution of carboethoxychloraldoxime (2 g) and vinyl acetate (11.4 g) in ether (27 ml) heated at reflux. The solution was heated for a fuirther hour then cooled and extracted with water. Organic extracts were dried and concentrated and the resulting oil was heated at 180° C. for 30 mins. The reaction was partitioned between DCM and water. Combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to give the title compound as a pale brown oil (1.64 g, 88%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 1.43 (t, 3H), 4.46 (q, 2H), 6.79 (d, 1H), 8.52 (d, 1H).
3-Chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)aniline (reference example 8.1) (1.65 g), 4-chloro-5-fluoroquinazoline (reference example 3) (1.20 g) and di-iso-propylethylamine (1.15 ml) in IPA (50 ml) were heated at reflux for 1 hr. The resulting precipitate was isolated by filtration, and washed with IPA and ether to give the title compound as a grey solid (2.02 g, 77%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 5.24 (s, 2H), 7.15 (dt, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.55-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.78-7.92 (m, 2H), 8.55 (s, 1H), 9.10 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+398.
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 200 mg) was suspended in DMA (20 ml), and 2-chloro-4-nitrophenol (1.74 g) was added. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Tetra-n-butylammonium iodide (20 mg) was added. 2-Amino-4-(chloromethyl)thiazole hydrochloride (185 mg) was added dropwise over 1 hour as a solution in DMA (20 ml). The solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The solvent was evaporated, and the residue partitioned between saturated sodium carbonate solution and DCM. Combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated and the residue purified by chromatography using ethyl acetate as eluent to give the title compound as a yellow solid (85 mg, 30%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 5.11 (s, 2H), 6.66 (s, 1H), 6.99 (b s, 2H), 7.49 (d, 1H), 8.19 (dd, 1H), 8.29 (d, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+286.
Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (121 mg) was dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (4 ml) and water (16 ml). Potassium carbonate (131 mg) was added. 2-[2-Chloro-4-(5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)phenoxy]acetonitrile hydrochloride (reference example 4.5) (200 mg) was added, the mixture briefly sonicated, then heated to 90° C. for 1 hour. The colourless solution was cooled to ambient temperature and the resulting solid filtered, washed with water and diethyl ether and dried in vacuo to give the title compound as a white crystalline solid (163 mg, 82%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.83-1.96 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.22-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.66 (m, 2H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 4.78 (m, 1H), 5.58 (s, 2H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.27 (d, 1H), 7.31 (d, 1H), 7.49 (dd, 1H), 7.70 (dd, 1H), 8.09 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 9.31 (s, 1H), 10.03 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+457.
4-(3-Chloro-4-hydroxyanilino)-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 4.2) (384 mg) and potassium carbonate (552 mg) were suspended in acetonitrile. The suspension was briefly sonicated, and ethyl bromoacetate (128 μl) was added. The mixture was heated at 80° C. for 90 minutes, then cooled to ambient temperature. The solid was removed by filtration, and the filtrate evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography, using 0 to 1.5% (7:1 methanol/conc. ammonia (aq)) in DCM as eluent to give the title compound as a white crystalline solid (375 mg, 80%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.21 (t, 3H), 1.83-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.07-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.66 (m, 2H), 4.17 (q, 2H), 4.79 (m, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 7.10 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.71 (dd, 1H), 8.11 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 10.04 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+471.
Ethyl 2-[2-chloro-4-5-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-ylamino)phenoxy]acetate (reference example 36) (150 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (15 ml). Pyridine (2 drops) and hydrazine monohydrate (150 μl) were added, and the mixture heated at reflux for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by chromatography, using 0 to 3% (7:1 methanol/conc. ammonia (aq)) in DCM as eluent to give the title compound as a white crystalline solid (77 mg, 53%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.83-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.08-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.17 (s, 3H), 2.22-2.32 (m, 2H), 2.56-2.67 (m, 2H), 4.34 (bs, 2H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.78 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d, 1H), 7.21 (d, 1H), 7.32 (d, 1H), 7.48 (dd, 1H), 7.71 (dd, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 9.20 (bs, 1H), 10.04 (s, 1H); Mass Spectrum MH+471.
A solution of hydrochloric acid in dioxane (4M, 2 ml) was added to a mixture of 4-chloro-5-(1-methylpiperidin-4-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 2) (2.78 g) and 4-amino-2-methylphenol (1.35 g) inTF (150 ml). The resulting suspension was heated at reflux for 3 hours, then allowed to cool to room temperature. Filtration gave the crude product as a yellow solid, which was partitioned between aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and DCM. Combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to give the crude product, which was purified by trituration under cold methanol to give the title compound as a white solid (2.88 g, 79%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 2.0 (m, 2H), 2.2 (m, 2H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.3 (s, 3H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 2.8 (m, 2H), 4.7 (m, 1H) 6.7 (d, 1H), 6.9 (d, 1H), 7.3 (dd, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.4 (d, 1H), 7.6 (t, 1H), 8.6 (s, 1H), 9.9 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 365.
A solution of lithium aluminium hydride (1M solution in THF, 17.8 ml) was added to a solution of 1,5-dimethylpyrazole-3-carboxylic acid (500 mg) in THF (20 ml) at room temperature. The mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours, then cooled in an ice bath. Ethyl acetate (25 ml) was added dropwise to destroy the excess lithium aluminium hydride (heat evolved), and resultant mixture was then poured into aqueous hydrochloric acid (1M, 50 ml). The product was extracted into ethyl acetate, dried and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a pale brown oil (230 mg, 51%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.2 (s, 3H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 4.3 (s, 2H), 5.9 (s, 1H).
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate acid or ester. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained from 1-methylpyrazole-3-carboxylic acid in 38% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.4 (s, 2H), 6.1 (d, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H).
A solution di-tert-butylazodicarboxylate (419 mg) in DCM (2 ml) was added to a solution of 2-chloro-4-nitrophenol (211 mg), triphenylphosphine (478 mg), and 1,5-dimethyl-3-hydroxymethylpyrazole (reference example 39) (230 mg) in DCM (8 ml), which was stirred and cooled in an ice bath, under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature, and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and purified by chromatography, using 0-5% methanol in DCM as eluent. This gave the title compound (230 mg, 67%); Mass spectrum MH+ 282.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate phenol and alcohol. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained by reacting 2-chloro-4-nitrophenol and 1-methyl-3-hydroxymethylpyrazole (reference example 39.1) in 49% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 3.8 (s, 3H), 5.3 (s, 2H), 6.3 (d, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.7 (d, 1H), 8.2 (m, 1H), 8.3 (m, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 268.
Obtained by reacting 2-chloro-4-nitrophenol (251 mg) and 5-(hydroxymethyl)-3-methylisoxazole (reference example 27.2) in 100% yield; NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.24 (s, 3H), 5.5 (s, 2H), 6.5 (s, 1H), 7.5 (d, 1H), 8.2 (m, 1H), 8.3 (m, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+267.
Potassium carbonate (1.19 g) was added portionwise to a cooled solution (0° C.) of 3-methylisoxazole-5-carboxylic acid (500 mg) in DMF (25 ml). After 5 minutes at 0° C., dimethyl sulphate (0.37 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, then concentrated in vacua. Water was added, and the product was extracted into DCM. The combined organics were dried, then concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid (424 mg, 76%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.3 (s, 3H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7.1 (s, 1H).
Phosphorus oxychloride (2.2 ml) was added dropwise to a solution of 3,4-dihydro-5-(tetrahydropyran-4-yloxy)quinazolin-4-one (reference example 1.2) (623 mg) and di-iso-propylethylamine (1.36 ml) in anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane (25 ml) at 0° C. The mixture was heated at 80° C. for 3 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was azeotroped with toluene (20 ml), di-iso-propylethylamine (5 ml) was added and the mixture was again concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in IPA (10 ml) and 4-amino-2-chlorophenol (475 mg) was added. The resulting mixture was heated at 80° C. for 12 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography, using 0-5% methanol—DCM as eluent, to give the title compound as a solid (338 mg, 36%); NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.79-1.95 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.26 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.96 (m, 2H), 4.92-5.01 (m, 1H), 7.00 (d, 1H), 7.23 (d, 1H), 7.29-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.68 (t, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 9.98 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 372.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate 3,4-dihydroquinazolin-4-one and aniline. Thus were obtained the compounds described below:
Obtained from 3,4dihydro-5-(tetrahydrofuran-3-yloxy)quinazolin-4-one (reference example 1.3) and 4-amino-2-chlorophenol in 48% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.12-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.17-2.41 (m, 1H), 3.78-4.00 (m, 3H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 5.40-5.44 (m, 1H), 6.98 (d, 1H), 7.18 (d, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.72 (t, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 8.48 (s, 1H), 9.96 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 358.
Obtained from 3,4-dihydro-5-(1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]dec-8-yloxy)quinazolin-4-one (reference example 1.4) and 3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)aniline(reference example 8.1) in 89% yield; NMR Spectrum (DMSO-d6) 1.70 (m, 4H), 1.96 (m, 2H), 2.12 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 4H), 4.87 (m, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 7.17 (dt, 1H), 7.20-7.35 (m, 6H), 7.45 (m, 2H), 7.73 (t, 1H), 8.10 (d, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 10.00 (bs, 1H); Mass Spectrum M+536.
To a stirred solution of 2-mercapto-1-methyl-1H-imidazole (1.14 g), in DMF (20 ml), was added sodium hydride (0.44 g) in small portions and the reaction stirred at ambient temperature until effervescence ceased. To this was added a solution of 3,4-difluoronitrobenzene (1.59 g) in DMF (10 ml), and the solution stirred at 80° C. for 4 hours. The reaction-was poured into water (150 ml) and organic material extracted into ethyl acetate (150 ml). The organic layer was washed successively with water (3×150 ml), brine (150 ml) and dried. Evaporation of the solvent gave an oil which was purified by chromatography using ethyl acetate and then 10% methanol/ethyl acetate as eluent to give title compound as a solid (1.8 g, 70%); NMR spectrum (DMSO-d6) 2.5 (s, 3H), 6.7-6.9 (t, 1H), 7.2 (t, 1H), 7.6 (s, 1H), 7.95-8.05 (dd, 1H), 8.15-8.25 (dd, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 254.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate thiol. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained by reacting 3,4-difluoronitrobenzene with 1-methyl-2-mercaptotriazole in 39% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 3.7 (s, 3H), 7.3-7.4 (t, 1H), 7.9-8.0 (m, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 255.
To a stirred solution of 2-mercaptopyridine (1.11 g) in acetonitrile (25 ml) was added potassium carbonate (2.76 g), 3 chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene (1.75 g) and cis-dicyclohexano-18-crown-6 (10 mg) and the solution was stirred and heated at reflux for 6 hours. The solution was filtered and evaporated and the residue purified by chromatography using iso-hexane/ethyl acetate (2:1) to ethyl acetate as eluent to give a solid which was recrystallised from ethyl acetate/iso-hexane to give the title compound as a yellow solid (1.5 g, 58%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 7.2-7.3(m, 2H), 7.4-7.48 (d, 1H), 7.5-7.55 (d, 1H), 7.65-7.75 (dt, 1H), 8.0-8.1 (dd, 1H), 8.3 (d, 1H), 8.6 (m, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 267.
The procedure described above was repeated using the appropriate thiol and fluoronitrobenzene. Thus was obtained the compound described below:
Obtained by reacting 3-chloro-4-fluoro-nitrobenzene with 2-mercaptopyrimidine in 75% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 7.02-7.1 (t, 1H), 7.94-8.0 (d, 1H), 8.1-8.2 (dd, 1H), 8.4 (d, 1H), 8.5 (d, 2H); Mass spectrum MH+ 268.
Obtained by reacting 3-chloro-4-fluoro-nitrobenzene with 2-mercaptoimidazole in 58% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 255.
Obtained by reacting 3,4-difluoronitrobenzene and 2-mercaptoimidazole in 38% yield; Mass spectrum MH+ 240.
Obtained by reacting 4-fluoronitrobenzene and 2-mercaptothiazole in 77% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 7.5 (d, 1H), 7.5-7.6 (d, 2H), 7.9 (d, 1H), 8.1-8.2 (d, 2H).
Obtained by reacting 3-chloro-4-fluoronitrobenzene and 2-mercaptothiazole in 65% yield; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 7.25 (d, 1H), 7.6 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 8.0-8.05 (d, 1H), 8.15 (d, 1H); Mass spectrum MH+ 273.
To a solution of 4-(2-thiazolylthio)nitrobenzene (reference example 44.4) (238 mg) in DCM (50 ml) was added 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (500 mg) and the reaction stirred for 18 hours. The reaction was evaporated and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 ml) and washed with sodium hydroxide solution (2×50 ml, 2N), water (2×50 ml), brine (50 ml) and dried. Concentration of the solvent gave the title compound as a white solid (200 mg, 69%); NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 7.75 (d, 1H), 8.0 (d, 1H), 8.3-8.4 (d, 2H), 8.4-8.5 (d, 2H).
Sodium borohydride (1.61 g) was added to a solution of 1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decan-8-one (6.65 g) in ethanol (100 ml) and the reaction stirred for 4 hours. Water (10 ml) was added and the reaction stirred for 16 hours. The resulting solid was filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography using iso-hexane—30% ethyl acetate as eluent to give the title compound as a colourless oil (5.49 g, 82%); NMR Spectrum (CDCl3) 1.50-1.95 (m, 8H), 3.80 (m, 1H), 3.95 (s, 4H); Mass Spectrum MH+159.
A solution of 4-(3-chloro-4-(3-fluorobenzyloxy)anilino)-5-(1,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]dec-8-yloxy)quinazoline (reference example 42.2) (2.25 g) in acetic acid (40 ml) and water (10 ml) was heated at 90° C. for 18 hours, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with ether to give the title compound as a white solid (1.98 g, 85%); Mass Spectrum M+492.
To a solution of (2-methyloxazol4-yl)methanol (obtained as described in J. Chem. Soc., Perkin Trans. 1, 2000, 2415-2428) (112 mg) in DCM (10 ml) was added triethylamine (275 μl). The solution was cooled to 0° C. and methane sulphonyl chloride (85 μl) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to ambient temperature and left stirring for nine hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound which was used without further purification (103 mg; 40%); Mass Spectrum M-H+192.
2-Chloro-5-fluorophenol (1.46 g) was stirred in ethanol and ferric nitrate monohydrate (4.04 g) added slowly. The solution turned blue and was heated at 50° C. for 5 hours. The solution was cooled and evaporated to ¼ volume and 1N hydrochloric acid (100 ml) and water (100 ml) added and the solution extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried and evaporated to give an oil which was purified by chromatography, using iso-hexane/ethyl acetate (3:1) as eluent to give the title compound as a solid; NMR spectrum (CDCl3) 6.2-6.4 (bs, 1H), 6.9-6.95 (d, 1H), 8.2 (d, 1H).
Number | Date | Country | Kind |
---|---|---|---|
0126433.2 | Nov 2001 | GB | national |
0129059.2 | Dec 2001 | GB | national |
Number | Date | Country | |
---|---|---|---|
Parent | 10494137 | Oct 2004 | US |
Child | 11443208 | May 2006 | US |